1 #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
74 \paperorientation portrait
77 \paragraph_separation indent
79 \quotes_language english
83 \paperpagestyle default
84 \tracking_changes false
101 \begin_layout Standard
103 Principal maintainer of this file is
108 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
109 Documentation mailing list:
111 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
119 \begin_layout Standard
122 \begin_inset Note Note
125 \begin_layout Standard
127 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
134 \begin_layout Standard
136 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
144 \begin_layout Standard
147 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
154 \begin_layout Chapter
159 \begin_layout Section
164 \begin_layout Standard
166 LyX is a document preparation system.
167 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
168 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
169 It is unlike most other
170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
177 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
179 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
196 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
200 \begin_layout Standard
202 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
219 \begin_layout Standard
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
234 the format of all of the manuals.
235 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
236 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
253 \begin_layout Section
258 \begin_layout Subsection
263 \begin_layout Standard
265 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
271 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
273 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
274 already done that in the
279 Check there for more info.
282 \begin_layout Standard
284 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
287 \begin_layout Standard
289 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
290 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
291 More on that in a bit.
294 \begin_layout Subsection
299 \begin_layout Standard
301 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
303 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
304 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
306 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
312 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
326 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
329 \begin_layout Standard
331 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
332 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
333 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
335 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
336 only a vertical scrollbar.
339 \begin_layout Standard
341 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
342 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
343 This, however, is due
344 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
345 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
346 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
347 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
349 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
350 this doesn't work for equations yet.
353 \begin_layout Subsection
358 \begin_layout Standard
360 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as
361 in many commercial applications.
366 \begin_layout Standard
368 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
373 of the manuals from inside LyX.
374 Just select the manual you want read from the
384 \begin_layout Standard
386 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
387 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
388 Here's what one of our authors,
392 , once said about manuals:
395 \begin_layout Quotation
400 \begin_layout Quotation
402 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
403 They are aggravating.
404 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
405 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
406 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
407 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
408 then they should sit down and learn
412 they start up a major piece of software.
415 \begin_layout Quotation
417 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
419 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
420 and intimidated, not stupid.
421 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
422 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
425 \begin_layout Standard
429 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
430 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
431 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
432 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
436 \begin_layout Section
441 \begin_layout Subsection
443 Basic File Operations
446 \begin_layout Standard
455 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
456 more advanced operations:
459 \begin_layout Itemize
469 \begin_layout Itemize
482 \begin_layout Itemize
492 \begin_layout Itemize
502 \begin_layout Itemize
512 \begin_layout Itemize
524 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
544 \begin_layout Itemize
555 \begin_layout Standard
557 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
558 a few minor differences.
564 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
573 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
574 you for a template to use.
575 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
576 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
577 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
580 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
587 \begin_layout Standard
590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
613 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
614 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
617 \begin_layout Standard
626 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
631 \begin_layout Standard
633 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
646 It will simply reload the document from disk.
647 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
648 and want to restore it to the last save.
651 \begin_layout Standard
653 The second matter of note concerns the commands
658 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
670 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
686 to save us all from our own stupidity.
687 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
688 be informed that there are unsaved files.
691 \begin_layout Subsection
693 Basic Editing Features
696 \begin_layout Standard
698 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
699 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
700 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
701 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
703 We'll start with cut and paste.
706 \begin_layout Standard
708 As you might expect, the
715 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
716 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
720 \begin_layout Itemize
727 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
741 \begin_layout Itemize
750 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
754 \begin_layout Standard
756 The first three are self-explanatory.
757 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
758 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
767 keys also functions as the
772 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
773 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
774 it with what you just typed.
782 to get back the lost text.
785 \begin_layout Standard
792 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
799 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
809 The text you want to find goes in the
818 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
826 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
836 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
839 \begin_layout Standard
849 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
852 \begin_layout Standard
863 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
865 If the toggle is set, searching for
866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
877 will not match the word
878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
892 \begin_layout Standard
902 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
943 \begin_layout Subsection
948 \begin_layout Standard
950 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
951 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
957 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
964 to undo some mistake.
965 If you accidently undo too much, use
970 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
985 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
990 \begin_layout Standard
992 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
993 it was last saved, the
994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1001 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1002 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1005 \begin_layout Standard
1021 work on almost everything in LyX.
1022 They have some quirks, too.
1037 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1038 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1052 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1053 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1056 \begin_layout Subsection
1058 Basic Mouse Bindings
1061 \begin_layout Standard
1063 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1064 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1065 can do with the mouse.
1066 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1069 \begin_layout Enumerate
1075 \begin_layout Itemize
1081 once anywhere in the edit window.
1082 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1085 \begin_layout Enumerate
1091 \begin_layout Itemize
1098 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1104 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1107 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1110 \begin_layout Itemize
1112 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1117 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1123 \begin_layout Enumerate
1125 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1129 \begin_layout Standard
1139 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1140 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1143 \begin_layout Enumerate
1149 \begin_layout Standard
1155 the right mouse button
1159 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1162 \begin_layout Subsection
1165 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1172 \begin_layout Standard
1174 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1175 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1177 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1178 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1181 \begin_layout Standard
1209 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1213 \begin_layout Labeling
1214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1220 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1221 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1222 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1227 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1231 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1233 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1239 If you're still confused, look in the
1246 \begin_layout Labeling
1247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1261 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1262 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1265 \begin_layout Labeling
1266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1278 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1279 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1283 \begin_layout Labeling
1284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1300 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1304 works as expected and
1308 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1312 \begin_layout Standard
1314 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1315 by that, go read section
1316 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1321 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1324 \begin_layout Standard
1326 Then there are the modifier keys:
1329 \begin_layout Labeling
1330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1336 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1337 in combination with:
1341 \begin_layout Itemize
1351 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1364 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1367 \begin_layout Itemize
1377 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1380 \begin_layout Labeling
1381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1387 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1388 and new cursor positions.
1391 \begin_layout Labeling
1392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1398 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1400 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1401 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1402 one actually performs the
1407 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1409 menu accelerator keys
1412 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1413 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1417 \begin_layout Standard
1419 For example, the sequence
1420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1457 There are also other things bound to the
1461 key, but you'll have to check in the
1472 \begin_layout Standard
1474 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1475 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1476 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1477 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1478 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1479 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1480 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1496 followed by a capital
1502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1520 \begin_layout Section
1522 Using LyX with Other Programs
1525 \begin_layout Subsection
1527 Importing ASCII files
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1532 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1537 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1542 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1557 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1562 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1582 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1587 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1596 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1597 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1598 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1599 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1602 \begin_layout Standard
1609 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1614 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1624 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1625 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1631 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1637 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1638 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1639 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1643 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1644 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1647 \begin_layout Subsection
1649 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1666 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1667 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1668 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1669 text with the middle mouse button.
1673 \begin_layout Standard
1675 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1676 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1677 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1680 \begin_layout Chapter
1682 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1685 \begin_layout Section
1690 \begin_layout Standard
1692 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1693 can safely skip this chapter.
1694 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1695 distributed with it.
1698 \begin_layout Standard
1700 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1702 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1709 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1722 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1723 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1725 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1729 \begin_layout Standard
1731 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1732 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1740 \begin_layout Section
1743 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1750 \begin_layout Standard
1752 There are two ways to run LyX.
1753 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1754 Of course, you need root privileges to do that.
1755 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1763 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1764 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1765 are put in the correct places.
1768 \begin_layout Standard
1770 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1771 without resorting to configuration files.
1772 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1773 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1774 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1781 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1782 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1783 which are not seen by LyX.
1784 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1789 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1797 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1798 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1799 about what has been found under
1804 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1817 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1818 document-level setting that you can change via the
1823 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1831 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1832 taste and save them with the
1839 Document\InsetSpace ~
1850 This will create a template named
1854 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1855 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1858 \begin_layout Standard
1860 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1861 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1866 It will then attempt to read a file called
1870 beneath your home directory.
1876 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1887 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1891 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1895 \begin_layout Section
1897 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1898 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1905 \begin_layout Standard
1907 To use LyX properly, X
1911 be set up correctly.
1912 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1913 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1914 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1915 you must do this yourself.
1916 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1917 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1918 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1921 \begin_layout Subsection
1923 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1926 \begin_layout Standard
1928 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1929 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1931 If you don't have them, install them.
1934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1941 This document contains no information on how to use
1955 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1957 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1960 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1987 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1988 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1989 output in a form readable by
1994 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1998 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
2001 \begin_layout Subsection
2003 Modifiers and Mode_switch
2006 \begin_layout Standard
2008 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
2021 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
2025 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
2027 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
2035 ) or as a prefix key.
2036 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
2043 \begin_layout Itemize
2050 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2056 \begin_layout Itemize
2063 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2069 \begin_layout Itemize
2076 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2082 \begin_layout Itemize
2089 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2095 \begin_layout Standard
2097 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2098 only from time to time.
2099 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2100 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2103 \begin_layout Subsection
2105 Helpful Hints and Tips
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2110 First, open up two xterminals.
2111 Use one to edit a new
2124 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2129 to output the new keymap.
2134 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2135 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2139 file, and you're done.
2143 \begin_layout Standard
2145 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2150 This will create a usable map file.
2158 \begin_layout Standard
2160 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2161 Try executing the command
2166 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2169 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2171 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2172 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2181 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2194 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2195 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2204 to the same operation.
2206 Other programs, however, use
2214 for different operations.
2215 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2223 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2226 \begin_layout Section
2231 \begin_layout Standard
2233 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2238 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2241 \begin_layout Standard
2243 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2244 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2248 \begin_layout Standard
2250 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2251 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2262 That's how you pronounce
2263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2278 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2299 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2307 format, or Dvi, for short.
2308 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2309 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2311 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2315 \begin_layout Standard
2317 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2318 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2319 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2322 \begin_layout Standard
2324 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2325 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2326 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2327 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2328 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2331 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2336 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2343 \begin_layout Section
2345 Dvips and Ghostscript
2348 \begin_layout Subsection
2353 \begin_layout Standard
2355 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2356 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2358 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2362 \begin_layout Itemize
2369 \begin_layout Itemize
2376 \begin_layout Itemize
2383 \begin_layout Itemize
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2396 \begin_layout Standard
2398 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2399 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2406 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2407 with LaTeX and should read the
2411 document before proceeding further.
2416 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2418 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2419 the PostScript through
2423 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2424 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2425 every time you print.
2426 For now, we'll concentrate on
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2436 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2443 \begin_layout Standard
2445 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2446 you should configure
2456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2463 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2465 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2479 set up to send output to the default printer.
2480 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2483 \begin_layout Standard
2485 If you are not a mood to configure
2489 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2490 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2491 expect from your printer.
2492 At least, it will print.
2495 \begin_layout Standard
2497 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2498 on Linux), you should run the program
2503 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2507 you should then select menu entry
2512 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2520 \begin_layout Standard
2522 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2526 how to automagically convert a
2534 file adapted to printer
2538 , you need to have a config-file,
2539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2550 lying around somewhere.
2561 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2563 in most TeX distributions.
2564 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2565 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2577 It'll be there somewhere.
2580 \begin_layout Standard
2582 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2587 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2597 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2608 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2614 containing only the relevant lines.
2618 \begin_layout Standard
2620 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2621 There may exist a line that looks like,
2622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2633 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2647 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2652 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2676 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2678 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2679 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2680 best possible result on your printer.
2681 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2686 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2690 \begin_layout Standard
2692 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2693 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2694 To do this, you should launch the
2703 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2710 ) and set the entries
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2725 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2727 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2738 environment variable.
2739 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2741 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2746 \begin_layout Standard
2748 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2752 as a filter for your print spooler.
2753 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2754 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2759 Some people don't seem to like using the
2768 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2769 into your printer language.
2770 You can specify this program in the
2775 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2776 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2777 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2778 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2790 \begin_layout Subsection
2792 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2795 \begin_layout Standard
2810 files, while the later interfaces with
2814 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2817 \begin_layout Standard
2819 A quick note on both of these programs.
2820 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2824 \begin_layout Standard
2834 file, not the files used to make these.
2840 You can also force an update.
2841 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2843 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2849 The LyX team recommends using
2853 for fine tuning documents.
2854 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2855 you can view the changes.
2859 \begin_layout Enumerate
2865 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2868 \begin_layout Enumerate
2870 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2873 \begin_layout Enumerate
2875 To view those changes, just choose
2880 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2885 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2893 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2904 \begin_layout Standard
2906 Now, this doesn't mean
2915 is better suited to those occasions where you
2919 view the PostScript version of the document.
2920 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2926 There is an alternative to
2930 which sports a much better interface:
2935 LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available.
2938 \begin_layout Section
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2947 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2948 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2949 printers set up for your system.
2950 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2955 as described in the last section.
2958 \begin_layout Standard
2962 Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do.
2963 Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware,
2969 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2970 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2973 If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something
2974 to help you out with that; check out the
2975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2993 \begin_layout Chapter
2998 \begin_layout Section
3003 \begin_layout Subsection
3008 \begin_layout Standard
3010 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
3015 of document you want to edit.
3016 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
3017 numbering schemes, and so on.
3018 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
3019 and format the title of your document differently.
3022 \begin_layout Standard
3028 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
3029 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
3030 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
3031 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
3032 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
3035 \begin_layout Standard
3037 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
3038 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
3041 \begin_layout Subsection
3044 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
3048 The Various Document Classes
3051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3056 \begin_layout Standard
3058 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
3062 \begin_layout Description
3064 Article for basic articles
3067 \begin_layout Description
3069 Report for basic reports
3072 \begin_layout Description
3074 Book for writing a book
3077 \begin_layout Description
3079 Letter for US-style letters
3082 \begin_layout Description
3084 Slides is used to make transparencies
3087 \begin_layout Standard
3089 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
3090 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
3093 \begin_layout Description
3095 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
3099 \begin_layout Description
3101 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
3102 Mathematical Society].
3103 There are three amsart layouts available.
3104 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
3108 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
3109 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
3110 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
3112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3115 sequential numbering
3116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3119 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
3120 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
3121 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3122 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3125 \begin_layout Description
3127 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3128 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3129 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3130 that you would need to number results.
3133 \begin_layout Description
3135 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3138 \begin_layout Description
3140 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3145 \begin_layout Description
3147 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3148 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3149 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3151 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3158 \begin_layout Description
3160 Paper for use with the
3164 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3167 \begin_layout Description
3169 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3170 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3172 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3175 \begin_layout Standard
3177 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3179 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3184 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3185 of the document classes.
3188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3195 You can select a class using the
3202 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3208 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3212 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3217 \begin_layout Standard
3219 Each class has a default set of options.
3220 Here's a quick table describing them:
3224 \begin_layout Standard
3227 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3236 \begin_inset Tabular
3237 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3243 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3244 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3248 \begin_layout Standard
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Standard
3273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3276 \begin_layout Standard
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Standard
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Standard
3331 <row topline="true">
3332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3335 \begin_layout Standard
3350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3353 \begin_layout Standard
3369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3372 \begin_layout Standard
3388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3391 \begin_layout Standard
3407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3410 \begin_layout Standard
3427 <row topline="true">
3428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3431 \begin_layout Standard
3446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3487 \begin_layout Standard
3503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3506 \begin_layout Standard
3523 <row topline="true">
3524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3527 \begin_layout Standard
3542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3583 \begin_layout Standard
3599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3619 <row topline="true">
3620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3641 \begin_layout Standard
3657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3660 \begin_layout Standard
3676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3679 \begin_layout Standard
3695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3698 \begin_layout Standard
3714 <row topline="true">
3715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3736 \begin_layout Standard
3752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3755 \begin_layout Standard
3771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3774 \begin_layout Standard
3790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3810 <row topline="true">
3811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3814 \begin_layout Standard
3829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3906 <row topline="true">
3907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3910 \begin_layout Standard
3925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3947 \begin_layout Standard
3963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3985 \begin_layout Standard
4002 <row topline="true">
4003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
4006 \begin_layout Standard
4021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
4043 \begin_layout Standard
4059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
4081 \begin_layout Standard
4097 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
4098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
4138 \begin_layout Standard
4154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
4176 \begin_layout Standard
4200 \begin_layout Standard
4203 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There is no default value of
4221 for any of these classes.
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4227 You're probably also wondering what
4228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4237 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4238 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4243 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4248 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4258 headings, there are also
4266 headings, and so on.
4267 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4268 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4275 \begin_layout Subsection
4277 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4280 \begin_layout Standard
4282 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4298 That's what this section is for.
4301 \begin_layout Labeling
4302 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4311 This is another list, containing five options.
4312 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4318 LaTeX does this part.
4327 \begin_layout Labeling
4328 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4334 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4337 \begin_layout Labeling
4338 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4344 No page numbers or headings.
4347 \begin_layout Labeling
4348 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4357 \begin_layout Labeling
4358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4364 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4365 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4366 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4369 \begin_layout Labeling
4370 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4376 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4382 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4383 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4385 Check the documentation for the
4389 package for more details.
4392 \begin_layout Labeling
4393 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4399 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4400 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4406 have a printer that duplexes
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4413 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4418 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4419 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4425 There are two radio buttons here:
4429 for single-sided documents,
4433 for double-sided documents.
4436 \begin_layout Labeling
4437 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4443 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4444 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4452 for the number of columns.
4457 \begin_layout Standard
4459 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4460 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4465 be two columns in the generated output.
4468 \begin_layout Labeling
4469 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4486 takes several options.
4487 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4488 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4489 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4490 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4494 \begin_layout Labeling
4495 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4501 This has its own section.
4504 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4508 for a description of what this does.
4511 \begin_layout Subsection
4513 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4518 There are several other options to set in the
4520 Document\InsetSpace ~
4524 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4525 affect certain features.
4526 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4527 features they affect.
4530 \begin_layout Standard
4532 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4533 we'll describe them here.
4534 You'll find them in the
4545 \begin_layout Labeling
4546 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4552 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4570 \begin_layout Labeling
4571 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4581 What size paper to print on.
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4593 \begin_layout Itemize
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4611 \begin_layout Itemize
4618 \begin_layout Itemize
4625 \begin_layout Itemize
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4639 \begin_layout Standard
4641 Some of these settings require you to have the
4646 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4653 \begin_layout Subsection
4658 \begin_layout Standard
4660 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4665 That includes the paragraph environments.
4666 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4668 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4669 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4670 paragraph environments to
4674 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4675 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4676 the conversion and why it failed.
4679 \begin_layout Section
4681 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4684 \begin_layout Subsection
4687 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4696 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4697 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4700 \begin_layout Standard
4702 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4703 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4704 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4705 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer.
4710 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4716 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4717 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4718 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4724 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4725 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4730 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4734 Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time.
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4747 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4748 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4750 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4751 LyX takes care of that.
4752 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4754 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4755 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4756 of a page, and so on.
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4762 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4772 of these pre-coded spacings.
4773 We'll explain more later.
4776 \begin_layout Subsection
4778 Global Indentation Method
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4783 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4798 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4801 \begin_layout Subsection
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4808 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4814 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4819 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4822 dialog and toggle the
4829 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4830 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4831 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4832 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4838 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4839 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4840 Typically, you'll select
4855 for the entire document and edit away.
4858 \begin_layout Subsection
4860 Changing Line Spacing
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4870 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4877 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4884 \begin_layout Section
4886 Paragraph Environments
4887 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4894 \begin_layout Subsection
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4901 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4929 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4930 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4931 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4940 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4945 A paragraph environment is simply a
4946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4953 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4954 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4955 scheme, labels, and so on.
4956 Additionally, you can
4957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4964 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4965 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4966 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4967 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4968 days of typewriters.
4969 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4971 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4974 \begin_layout Standard
4976 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4978 LyX will change the environment of the
4982 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4983 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4984 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4988 \begin_layout Standard
4998 create a new paragraph using the
5002 paragraph environment.
5004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5011 because this isn't always the case.
5015 \begin_layout Standard
5017 If you are in one of these environments:
5021 \begin_layout Standard
5030 \begin_layout Standard
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5049 \begin_layout Itemize
5056 \begin_layout Itemize
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5069 \begin_layout Standard
5080 \begin_layout Itemize
5087 \begin_layout Itemize
5094 \begin_layout Standard
5100 \begin_layout Standard
5111 \begin_layout Itemize
5118 \begin_layout Itemize
5125 \begin_layout Standard
5131 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_layout Itemize
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5155 \begin_layout Standard
5164 \begin_layout Standard
5166 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
5170 , rather than resetting it to
5175 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
5180 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
5181 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
5182 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
5187 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
5192 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
5193 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
5201 \begin_layout Subsection
5206 \begin_layout Standard
5208 The default paragraph environment is
5213 It creates a plain paragraph.
5214 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
5215 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
5216 this manual] are in the
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5225 You can nest a paragraph using the
5229 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
5237 \begin_layout Subsection
5242 \begin_layout Standard
5244 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5253 for thanks or contact information.
5254 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
5255 page along with today's date.
5256 For other types of documents, the title
5257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5264 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
5268 \begin_layout Standard
5270 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5284 Here's how you use them:
5287 \begin_layout Itemize
5289 Put the title of your document in the
5296 \begin_layout Itemize
5298 Put the author name in the
5305 \begin_layout Itemize
5307 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5308 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5314 Note that using this environment is optional.
5315 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5318 \begin_layout Standard
5320 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5321 You can use footnotes to insert
5322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5329 or contact information.
5332 \begin_layout Subsection
5335 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5342 \begin_layout Standard
5344 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5345 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5346 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5355 \begin_layout Standard
5357 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5358 \begin_inset Note Note
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5363 Why no mention of Part ?
5371 \begin_layout Enumerate
5378 \begin_layout Enumerate
5385 \begin_layout Enumerate
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5399 \begin_layout Enumerate
5406 \begin_layout Enumerate
5413 \begin_layout Standard
5415 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5416 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5417 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5418 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5419 You group the book into chapters.
5420 LyX does similar grouping:
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 is the maximum sectioning level.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5449 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5475 \begin_layout Itemize
5488 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 \begin_layout Standard
5507 not all document types use the
5511 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5516 is the top-level heading.
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5525 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5526 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5528 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5547 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5551 \begin_layout Enumerate
5558 \begin_layout Enumerate
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5572 \begin_layout Standard
5575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5582 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5583 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5586 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5588 Changing the Numbering
5589 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5596 \begin_layout Standard
5598 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5599 in the Table of Contents.
5600 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5602 Certain classes start with
5616 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5626 This is something you can change.
5629 \begin_layout Standard
5636 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5644 You should see a counter labelled
5646 Section\InsetSpace ~
5655 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5657 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5658 here's a table of values and what they do:
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5665 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5674 \begin_inset Tabular
5675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5679 <row topline="true">
5680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5704 \begin_layout Standard
5720 <row bottomline="true">
5721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5724 \begin_layout Standard
5739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5742 \begin_layout Standard
5758 <row topline="true">
5759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5762 \begin_layout Standard
5777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5790 no numbering of any kind
5796 <row topline="true">
5797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5800 \begin_layout Standard
5815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5818 \begin_layout Standard
5836 <row topline="true">
5837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5840 \begin_layout Standard
5855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5858 \begin_layout Standard
5875 <row topline="true">
5876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5879 \begin_layout Standard
5894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5914 <row topline="true">
5915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5918 \begin_layout Standard
5933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5936 \begin_layout Standard
5953 <row topline="true">
5954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5993 <row topline="true">
5994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5997 \begin_layout Standard
6012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6015 \begin_layout Standard
6033 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6037 \begin_layout Standard
6052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6080 \begin_layout Standard
6083 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6092 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
6093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6100 will number parts and chapters, while
6101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6108 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
6109 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
6115 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
6120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6140 There's another counter in the dialog, called
6144 contents\InsetSpace ~
6148 It works the same way as
6150 Section\InsetSpace ~
6151 numbering\InsetSpace ~
6154 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
6156 This is a great control to have.
6157 Suppose you wanted to number
6161 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
6173 s in the Table of Contents.
6176 Section\InsetSpace ~
6177 numbering\InsetSpace ~
6181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6190 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
6194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6201 and voilà! You're all set.
6204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6209 \begin_layout Standard
6211 The following information applies to
6250 \begin_layout Itemize
6252 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
6255 \begin_layout Itemize
6257 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
6260 \begin_layout Itemize
6262 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
6265 \begin_layout Itemize
6267 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
6270 \begin_layout Standard
6272 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
6273 using them everywhere in the manuals.
6276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6278 Creating an Appendix
6281 \begin_layout Standard
6283 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
6284 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
6289 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6297 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
6301 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
6302 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
6303 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
6306 \begin_layout Subsection
6311 \begin_layout Standard
6313 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
6327 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
6328 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
6329 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
6330 the text they contain.
6331 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
6339 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
6342 \begin_layout Standard
6344 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6353 when you start a new paragraph.
6354 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6358 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6359 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6360 to change back to the
6364 environment yourself.
6367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6378 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6387 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6388 time for the differences.
6397 are identical except for one difference:
6401 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6410 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6413 \begin_layout Standard
6415 Here's an example of the
6429 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6431 See - no indentation!
6436 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6437 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6438 the other paragraph.
6441 \begin_layout Standard
6443 That ends that example.
6444 Here's another example, this time in the
6451 \begin_layout Quotation
6458 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6459 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6460 the first line, then
6464 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6468 you were quoting other text.
6471 \begin_layout Quotation
6473 Here's a new paragraph.
6474 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6475 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6478 \begin_layout Standard
6480 That was our other example.
6481 As the example notes,
6485 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6486 They should put quotes in the
6491 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6495 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6503 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6510 \begin_layout Standard
6516 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6524 Which I did not rehearse!
6529 It could be much worse.
6530 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6532 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6533 indented a bit more than the first.
6534 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6542 And make things look fine
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6557 does not indent both margins.
6558 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6559 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6570 \begin_layout Subsection
6573 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6580 \begin_layout Standard
6582 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6592 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6601 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6602 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6603 some general features of all four of them.
6606 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6613 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6615 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6624 reset the environment to
6628 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6629 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6630 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6635 to break paragraphs.
6638 \begin_layout Standard
6640 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6641 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6643 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6644 you read all of section
6645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6660 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6667 \begin_layout Standard
6669 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6673 paragraph environment.
6674 It has the following properties:
6677 \begin_layout Itemize
6679 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6683 \begin_layout Itemize
6685 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6688 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6693 \begin_layout Itemize
6695 The items can be any length.
6696 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6697 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6704 \begin_layout Itemize
6710 environment inside another
6714 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6718 \begin_layout Itemize
6720 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6723 \begin_layout Itemize
6725 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6728 \begin_layout Itemize
6731 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6735 for a full explanation of nesting.
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6740 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6749 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6754 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6755 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6756 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6759 \begin_layout Itemize
6761 The label for the first level
6765 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6771 The label for the second level is a dash.
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6777 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6783 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6786 \begin_layout Itemize
6788 Back out to the third level.
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 Back to the second level.
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 Back to the outermost level.
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6803 These are the default labels for an
6808 You can customize these labels in the
6812 \begin_layout Standard
6825 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6841 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6842 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6844 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6859 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6872 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6873 It has these properties:
6876 \begin_layout Enumerate
6878 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6882 \begin_layout Enumerate
6884 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6887 \begin_layout Enumerate
6889 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6892 \begin_layout Enumerate
6898 environment resets the counter to one.
6901 \begin_layout Enumerate
6915 \begin_layout Enumerate
6917 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6918 Items can be any length.
6921 \begin_layout Enumerate
6923 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6926 \begin_layout Enumerate
6928 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6931 \begin_layout Enumerate
6933 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6950 show the different labels for each item.
6951 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6958 \begin_layout Enumerate
6960 The first level of an
6964 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6968 \begin_layout Enumerate
6970 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6974 \begin_layout Enumerate
6976 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6980 \begin_layout Enumerate
6982 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6985 \begin_layout Enumerate
6987 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6991 \begin_layout Enumerate
6993 Back to the third level
6996 \begin_layout Enumerate
6998 Back to the second level.
7001 \begin_layout Enumerate
7003 Back to the outermost level.
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7008 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
7013 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
7018 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
7019 not on the LyX screen.
7022 \begin_layout Standard
7024 There is more to nesting
7028 environments than we've stated here.
7034 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7038 to learn more about nesting.
7041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7048 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
7055 \begin_layout Standard
7057 Unlike the previous two environments, the
7061 list has no fixed label.
7062 Instead, LyX uses the first
7063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7070 of the first line as the label.
7074 \begin_layout Description
7076 Example: This is an example of the
7083 \begin_layout Standard
7085 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
7089 \begin_layout Standard
7091 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
7092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7095 uses the first 'word'.
7096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7103 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
7112 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7118 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
7123 environment? Simple: use a
7138 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7139 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7156 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7160 for more info.] Here's an example:
7163 \begin_layout Description
7166 Example: This one shows how to use a
7168 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7178 \begin_layout Description
7180 Usage: You should use the
7184 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
7185 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
7187 It's not a good idea to use a
7191 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
7192 You're better off using
7204 paragraphs into them.
7207 \begin_layout Description
7209 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
7213 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
7217 \begin_layout Standard
7219 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
7220 them from the first line.
7223 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7230 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
7237 \begin_layout Standard
7243 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
7247 \begin_layout Standard
7249 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
7250 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
7255 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
7268 create numbered lists.
7273 does, and it's documented in section
7274 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
7282 \begin_layout Standard
7292 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
7293 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
7297 \begin_layout Labeling
7298 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7301 labels LyX uses the first
7302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7309 of each line as the item label.
7314 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
7315 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
7316 blank as described above.
7319 \begin_layout Labeling
7320 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7322 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
7323 the body of the item text.
7324 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
7325 label width plus a little extra space.
7329 \begin_layout Labeling
7330 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7333 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
7334 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
7335 If the actual width is larger, then the label
7336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7343 into the first line.
7344 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
7345 margin of the rest of the item text.
7348 \begin_layout Labeling
7349 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7351 default\InsetSpace ~
7352 width You can very easily set this default width.
7353 It's quite painless, actually.
7354 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
7358 environment have the same left margin.
7361 \begin_layout Labeling
7362 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7364 uses You should use the
7368 environment the same way you'd use as
7372 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
7378 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
7382 \begin_layout Labeling
7383 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7385 nesting You can nest
7389 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
7391 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
7393 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7397 to learn about nesting.
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7402 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7407 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
7409 You can also simply move the cursor into a
7413 item if you want to change only its label width.
7419 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7424 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7438 box determines the default label width.
7439 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7440 here, but you don't need to.
7441 We recommend using the letter
7442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7450 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7451 The default label width in the example
7456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7472 as your unit of width in the
7477 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7483 every time you alter a label in a
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7492 There's yet another feature of the
7496 environment we need to tell you about.
7497 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7498 You can use additional
7502 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7508 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7513 Here are some examples:
7516 \begin_layout Labeling
7517 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7519 Left The default for
7526 \begin_layout Labeling
7527 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7535 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7538 \begin_layout Labeling
7539 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7549 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7554 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7559 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7566 \begin_layout Standard
7568 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7569 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7571 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7575 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7578 \begin_layout Subsection
7583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7597 \begin_layout Standard
7599 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7610 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7611 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7612 In contrast, you can use the
7621 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7622 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7626 \begin_layout Standard
7628 Of course, you're not limited to using
7643 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7644 some European academic papers.
7647 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7650 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7657 \begin_layout Standard
7663 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7664 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7670 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7671 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7672 Here's an example of each:
7675 \begin_layout Right Address
7683 When is it? What is today?
7686 \begin_layout Standard
7694 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7695 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7696 Here's an example of the
7703 \begin_layout Address
7707 Where do I send this
7709 Your post office and country
7712 \begin_layout Standard
7714 As you can see, both
7723 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7724 Speaking of which, if you hit
7728 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7734 This makes sense, however, since
7742 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7757 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7771 menu] to start a new line in an
7783 \begin_layout Subsection
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7790 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7791 or list of references.
7792 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7808 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7813 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7817 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7818 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7822 in anything else or vice versa.
7828 environment is only useful in the
7829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7844 document classes [as well as
7845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7852 which is just a specialized version of
7853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7869 document class ignores the
7873 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7888 \begin_layout Standard
7894 environment does several things for you.
7895 First, it puts the centered label
7896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7904 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7906 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7907 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7908 the subsequent text.
7909 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7910 If your document is in the
7911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7918 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7919 version of the file.
7922 \begin_layout Standard
7924 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7932 reset the paragraph environment.
7933 The new paragraph will still be in the
7938 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7939 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7942 \begin_layout Standard
7944 We'd love to give you an example of the
7948 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7957 If you've never heard of an
7958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7965 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7975 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7982 \begin_layout Standard
7988 environment is used to list references.
7993 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7997 only use it at the end of the document.
7998 Also, don't bother trying to nest
8002 in anything else or vice versa.
8006 \begin_layout Standard
8008 When you first open a
8012 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
8013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8028 depending on the document class.
8029 The heading is in a large boldface font.
8030 Each paragraph of the
8034 environment is a bibliography entry.
8043 reset the paragraph environment.
8044 Each new paragraph is still in the
8051 \begin_layout Standard
8061 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
8062 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
8071 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
8073 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
8075 We could choose the key
8076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8084 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
8087 \begin_layout Standard
8093 field isn't useless.
8094 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
8099 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8104 itation\InsetSpace ~
8108 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
8109 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
8110 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
8115 appears at the end of this document.
8117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8121 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
8126 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
8131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8134 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
8135 In the second one, we used the
8144 field of the citation dialog to add the text
8145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8169 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
8170 of the bibliography entry.
8173 \begin_layout Standard
8175 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
8177 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
8179 Extended LyX Features
8184 \begin_layout Subsection
8189 \begin_layout Standard
8191 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
8192 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
8193 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
8196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8203 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
8210 \begin_layout Standard
8216 environment is the default paragraph environment for
8227 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
8228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8243 , depending on which type of
8248 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
8252 \begin_layout Standard
8254 You can't really nest things into a
8258 environment or vice versa.
8259 Additionally, hitting
8263 resets the paragraph environment to
8271 can only be a single paragraph.
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8280 environment outside of a
8292 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8297 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8301 for more information on
8315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8322 \begin_layout Standard
8328 environment is another LyX extension.
8329 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
8334 key as a fixed whitespace;
8338 \begin_layout Standard
8350 Protected\InsetSpace ~
8353 instead of an end-of-word marker.
8358 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
8359 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
8381 reset the paragraph environment.
8382 So, when you finish using the
8386 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
8395 environment inside of others.
8398 \begin_layout Standard
8400 There are a few quirks with this environment:
8403 \begin_layout Itemize
8409 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
8421 \begin_layout Itemize
8435 \begin_layout Itemize
8441 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
8448 \begin_layout Itemize
8457 \begin_layout Itemize
8459 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
8460 You must put at least one
8464 in any line you want blank.
8465 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
8468 \begin_layout Itemize
8470 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8474 since that will insert
8479 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8487 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8490 \begin_layout Standard
8495 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8500 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8505 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8510 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8515 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8522 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8527 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8534 This is just the standard
8535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8546 \begin_layout Standard
8552 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8553 rc-files, and so on.
8554 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8555 text as if you used a typewriter.
8558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8565 The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
8566 document that will not appear in the final output.
8567 In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
8568 a different color than the rest of the text.
8571 \begin_layout Section
8573 Nesting Environments
8574 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8581 \begin_layout Subsection
8586 \begin_layout Standard
8588 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8592 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8594 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8602 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8605 \begin_layout Standard
8607 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8612 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8617 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8618 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8619 screen and bytes in memory.
8620 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8621 and specific properties.
8622 However, what if you wanted one
8623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8630 to inherit some of the properties of another
8631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8643 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8644 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8645 In other words, you have a list
8649 of another list, with the inner list
8650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8660 \begin_layout Enumerate
8665 \begin_layout Enumerate
8671 \begin_layout Enumerate
8676 \begin_layout Enumerate
8681 \begin_layout Enumerate
8686 \begin_layout Standard
8688 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8689 you nest one list inside the other.
8693 \begin_layout Standard
8695 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8701 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8702 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8710 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8711 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8721 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8722 will tell you how far you are nested).
8725 \begin_layout Standard
8727 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8749 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8756 to change the nesting level.
8757 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8758 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8762 \begin_layout Standard
8764 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8765 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8766 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8767 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8768 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8769 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8770 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8776 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8777 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8779 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8782 \begin_layout Subsection
8784 What You Can and Can't Nest
8787 \begin_layout Standard
8789 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8790 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8793 \begin_layout Standard
8795 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8796 can you or can't you.
8797 There's also the question of how.
8798 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8799 environment into it? A
8800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8807 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8818 \begin_layout Standard
8820 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8822 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8823 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8824 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8826 There is one last type of environment.
8827 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8828 You can't nest anything into them.
8831 \begin_layout Standard
8833 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8834 environments have them:
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8840 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8849 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8861 into other environments.
8863 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8864 Then again, it may not.
8865 We don't know for certain.
8866 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8867 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8875 \begin_layout Description
8877 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8878 Can't nest into them.
8882 \begin_layout Itemize
8889 \begin_layout Itemize
8896 \begin_layout Itemize
8905 \begin_layout Itemize
8912 \begin_layout Itemize
8919 \begin_layout Itemize
8928 \begin_layout Itemize
8935 \begin_layout Itemize
8942 \begin_layout Itemize
8949 \begin_layout Itemize
8956 \begin_layout Itemize
8963 \begin_layout Itemize
8970 \begin_layout Itemize
8977 \begin_layout Itemize
8984 \begin_layout Itemize
8991 \begin_layout Itemize
8998 \begin_layout Itemize
9005 \begin_layout Description
9008 Nestable You can nest them.
9009 You can nest other things into them.
9013 \begin_layout Itemize
9020 \begin_layout Itemize
9027 \begin_layout Itemize
9034 \begin_layout Itemize
9041 \begin_layout Itemize
9048 \begin_layout Itemize
9055 \begin_layout Itemize
9062 \begin_layout Itemize
9069 \begin_layout Description
9071 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
9072 You can't nest anything into them.
9076 \begin_layout Itemize
9083 \begin_layout Itemize
9091 \begin_layout Itemize
9098 \begin_layout Standard
9104 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
9118 \begin_layout Subsection
9120 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
9121 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
9128 \begin_layout Standard
9130 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
9131 affected by nesting anyhow.
9135 \begin_layout Itemize
9140 \begin_layout Itemize
9145 \begin_layout Itemize
9150 \begin_layout Standard
9152 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
9156 , this is no longer true.
9157 See below or look in sections
9158 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
9163 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
9170 \begin_layout Standard
9172 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
9173 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
9174 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9180 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
9181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9188 of its own, it behaves just like a
9189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9196 paragraph environment.
9197 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
9201 \begin_layout Standard
9203 Here's an example with a table:
9206 \begin_layout Enumerate
9212 \begin_layout Enumerate
9214 This is (a) and it's nested.
9219 \begin_layout Standard
9222 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9228 \begin_layout Standard
9231 \begin_inset Tabular
9232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
9236 <row topline="true">
9237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9276 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9299 \begin_layout Standard
9323 \begin_layout Standard
9326 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9333 \begin_layout Enumerate
9336 The table is actually nested inside (a).
9339 \begin_layout Enumerate
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9346 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
9349 \begin_layout Enumerate
9355 \begin_layout Enumerate
9357 This is (a) and it's nested.
9361 \begin_layout Standard
9364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9370 \begin_layout Standard
9373 \begin_inset Tabular
9374 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9376 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
9378 <row topline="true">
9379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9382 \begin_layout Standard
9398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9401 \begin_layout Standard
9418 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9422 \begin_layout Standard
9438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9441 \begin_layout Standard
9465 \begin_layout Standard
9468 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9475 \begin_layout Enumerate
9483 In fact, it's not nested at all.
9486 \begin_layout Enumerate
9491 \begin_layout Standard
9493 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9499 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
9501 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
9504 \begin_layout Enumerate
9510 \begin_layout Enumerate
9512 This is (a) and it's nested.
9516 \begin_layout Standard
9519 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9525 \begin_layout Standard
9528 \begin_inset Tabular
9529 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
9533 <row topline="true">
9534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9556 \begin_layout Standard
9573 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Standard
9593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9623 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9630 \begin_layout Enumerate
9633 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9640 \begin_layout Enumerate
9645 \begin_layout Standard
9647 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9653 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9654 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9658 \begin_layout Standard
9660 Then there are the so-called
9669 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9670 have a fixed location.
9672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9679 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9700 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9704 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9710 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9711 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9714 \begin_layout Subsection
9716 Usage and General Features
9719 \begin_layout Standard
9721 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9730 is the innermost possible depth.
9731 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9734 \begin_layout Enumerate
9736 level #1 - outermost
9740 \begin_layout Enumerate
9746 \begin_layout Enumerate
9752 \begin_layout Enumerate
9758 \begin_layout Itemize
9764 \begin_layout Itemize
9773 \begin_layout Standard
9775 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9776 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9780 \begin_layout Standard
9782 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9783 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9784 to produce output for your document.
9789 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9797 environment, and so on.
9798 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9803 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9804 both of them in the example.
9805 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9815 For example, if we tried to nest another
9820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9831 \begin_layout Standard
9833 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9834 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9835 to produce output for your document.
9843 \begin_layout Subsection
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9850 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9851 We have several examples of nested environments.
9852 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9856 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9858 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9861 \begin_layout Labeling
9862 \labelwidthstring MMM
9864 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9873 \begin_layout Labeling
9874 \labelwidthstring MMM
9876 #2-a This is level #2.
9877 We created it by using
9890 \begin_layout Labeling
9891 \labelwidthstring MMM
9893 #3-a This is level #3.
9894 This time, we just hit
9904 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9918 \begin_layout Standard
9924 environment, nested inside of
9925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9933 So, it's at level #4.
9934 We did this by hitting
9943 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9948 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9964 \begin_layout Standard
9970 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9977 \begin_layout Labeling
9978 \labelwidthstring MMM
9980 #4-a This is level #4.
9985 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9990 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9994 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9999 keep nesting things inside of
10000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10011 \begin_layout Labeling
10012 \labelwidthstring MMM
10014 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
10019 \begin_layout Labeling
10020 \labelwidthstring MMM
10022 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10023 and this is level #6.
10024 By now, you should know how we made these two.
10027 \begin_layout Labeling
10028 \labelwidthstring MMM
10030 #5-b Back to level #5.
10043 \begin_layout Labeling
10044 \labelwidthstring MMM
10055 , we're back at level #4.
10058 \begin_layout Labeling
10059 \labelwidthstring MMM
10061 #3-b Back to level #3.
10062 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
10065 \begin_layout Labeling
10066 \labelwidthstring MMM
10068 #2-b Back to level #2.
10072 \begin_layout Labeling
10073 \labelwidthstring MMM
10075 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
10076 After this sentence, we'll hit
10080 and change the paragraph environment back to
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10089 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
10105 environment in place of the
10110 The example would have worked exactly the same.
10113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10115 Example #2: Inheritance
10118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
10120 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
10123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
10134 , after which, we'll change to the
10142 \begin_layout Enumerate
10148 environment, at level #2.
10151 \begin_layout Enumerate
10153 Notice how the nested
10157 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
10161 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
10164 \begin_layout Standard
10166 We ended this example by hitting
10171 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
10175 and resetting the nesting depth by using
10183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10185 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
10194 \begin_inset OptArg
10197 \begin_layout Standard
10199 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
10207 \begin_layout Enumerate
10209 This is level #1, in an
10213 paragraph environment.
10214 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
10218 \begin_layout Enumerate
10231 Now, what happens if we nest an
10235 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
10236 label be? An asterisk?
10240 \begin_layout Itemize
10251 environment, even though it's at level #3.
10252 So, its label is a bullet.
10253 [Note: we got here by using
10262 , then changing the environment to
10270 \begin_layout Itemize
10272 Here's level #4, produced using
10282 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
10287 \begin_layout Enumerate
10289 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10290 to get to level #5.
10291 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
10296 Notice the type of numbering! It's
10300 , because we're the
10324 \begin_layout Enumerate
10330 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
10331 type of numbering does LyX use?
10334 \begin_layout Enumerate
10336 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
10340 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
10343 \begin_layout Enumerate
10350 to decrease the depth after the next
10357 \begin_layout Enumerate
10360 Look what type of label LyX is using!
10363 \begin_layout Enumerate
10366 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
10367 numeral as the label.
10371 \begin_layout Enumerate
10373 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
10382 Notice, however, that LyX
10386 reset the counter for the label.
10389 \begin_layout Enumerate
10400 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
10401 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
10402 into the twofold-nested
10409 \begin_layout Enumerate
10411 The same thing happens if we do another
10420 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
10423 \begin_layout Standard
10425 Lastly, we reset the environment to
10430 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
10448 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
10453 The same rule applies for the
10457 environment, as well.
10460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10462 Example #4: Going Bonkers
10465 \begin_layout Enumerate
10467 We're going to go totally nuts now.
10468 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
10469 same detail with how we did it.
10478 \begin_layout Standard
10482 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10485 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
10486 example in brackets someplace.
10487 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
10488 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
10489 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
10492 \begin_layout Enumerate
10498 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
10502 \begin_layout Verse
10504 Now we'll add verse.
10506 It will get much worse.
10510 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10516 \begin_layout Verse
10518 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
10520 Bippitey boppitey boo!
10529 \begin_layout Verse
10531 Here comes a table for you:
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10539 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
10545 \begin_layout Standard
10548 \begin_inset Tabular
10549 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
10551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
10552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
10554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10576 \begin_layout Standard
10593 <row topline="true">
10594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
10597 \begin_layout Standard
10613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10640 \begin_layout Verse
10644 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10649 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10655 \begin_layout Enumerate
10661 : level #1] This is another item.
10662 Note that selecting a
10666 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10667 3 times to put the table inside the
10675 \begin_layout Quotation
10677 We're now ending the
10681 list and changing to
10686 We're still at level #1.
10687 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10688 The next set of paragraphs is a
10689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10696 We'll nest both the
10705 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10709 for the letter body.
10714 to preserve the depth.
10715 Remember that you need to use
10719 to create multiple lines inside the
10733 \begin_layout Right Address
10737 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10742 \begin_layout Address
10744 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10748 \begin_layout Quotation
10750 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10751 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10752 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10753 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10754 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10755 as soon as possible.
10756 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10759 \begin_layout Quotation
10761 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10762 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10763 with your order, along with payment.
10766 \begin_layout Quotation
10768 We thank you again for your patience.
10771 \begin_layout Address
10778 \begin_layout Quotation
10780 That ends that example!
10783 \begin_layout Standard
10785 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10786 just a few keystrokes.
10787 We could have easily nested an
10808 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10811 \begin_layout Section
10813 Fonts and Text Styles
10816 \begin_layout Subsection
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10823 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10824 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10825 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10826 font to emphasize text, you use an
10827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10835 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10836 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10842 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10856 style corresponds to an italics font.
10861 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10862 styles use to typeset proper names.
10863 The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles,
10864 and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to
10866 At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done
10870 \begin_layout Subsection
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10877 You can set the default font from the
10882 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10890 There are two options of interest here,
10907 The possible options under
10915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10926 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10956 Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica
10957 font, with other variants.
10958 You'll have to examine this for yourself.
10961 \begin_layout Standard
10972 option, there are three possible values:
10985 Remember, this is the
10990 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10991 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10992 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10994 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10995 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10998 \begin_layout Standard
11000 Note that once you choose a new value for
11021 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
11022 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11023 Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen
11024 corresponds to the default font.
11027 \begin_layout Subsection
11029 Using Different Character Styles
11032 \begin_layout Standard
11034 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11035 certain paragraph environments.
11036 We also mentioned two other character styles,
11045 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11049 \begin_layout Standard
11055 style, do one of the following:
11058 \begin_layout Itemize
11060 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
11063 \begin_layout Itemize
11071 \begin_layout Standard
11073 These commands are all toggles.
11078 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11081 \begin_layout Standard
11083 One typically uses the
11087 style for proper names.
11089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11096 is the original author of LyX.
11097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 \begin_layout Standard
11105 A more widely used character style is the
11110 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
11117 \begin_layout Itemize
11119 clicking on the toolbar button with the
11120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11130 \begin_layout Itemize
11132 using the keybindings
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11144 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
11145 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
11148 \begin_layout Standard
11150 We've been using the
11154 style all over the place in this document.
11155 Here's one more example:
11158 \begin_layout Quotation
11162 Don't overuse character styles!
11165 \begin_layout Standard
11167 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11168 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11169 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11170 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11174 \begin_layout Standard
11176 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
11185 \begin_layout Subsection
11187 Fine-Tuning with the
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11196 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11197 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11198 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11199 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11203 \begin_layout Standard
11209 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
11210 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
11215 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11216 from ordinary dialogue.
11219 \begin_layout Standard
11221 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11222 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
11223 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
11224 providing you with the power of a printing press.
11225 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
11227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11230 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11235 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
11236 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11241 Enough complaining.
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11246 To use custom fonts, open the
11251 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11260 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11261 font property which you can choose.
11262 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
11267 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11272 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
11274 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11275 environments in a snap.
11278 \begin_layout Standard
11280 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
11292 \begin_layout Labeling
11293 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11311 The possible options are:
11315 \begin_layout Labeling
11316 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11322 This is the Roman font family.
11326 \begin_layout Standard
11328 It's also the default family.
11337 \begin_layout Labeling
11338 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11347 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11351 \begin_layout Standard
11361 \begin_layout Labeling
11362 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11370 This is the Typewriter font family.
11374 \begin_layout Standard
11385 \begin_layout Labeling
11386 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11395 This corresponds to the print weight.
11400 \begin_layout Labeling
11401 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11407 This is the Medium font series.
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11413 It's also the default series.
11416 \begin_layout Labeling
11417 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11425 This is the Bold font series.
11429 \begin_layout Standard
11431 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
11440 \begin_layout Labeling
11441 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11451 As the name implies.
11456 \begin_layout Labeling
11457 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11463 This is the Upright font shape.
11467 \begin_layout Standard
11469 It's also the default shape.
11472 \begin_layout Labeling
11473 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11485 s the Italic font shape
11491 \begin_layout Labeling
11492 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11500 This is the Slanted font shape
11505 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11508 \begin_layout Labeling
11509 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11518 This is the Small caps font shape
11524 \begin_layout Labeling
11525 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11535 Alters the size of the font.
11536 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11537 nal to the default font size.
11538 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11539 what you want to do.
11543 \begin_layout Standard
11545 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11548 \begin_layout Labeling
11549 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 \begin_layout Standard
11584 \begin_layout Labeling
11585 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11604 \begin_layout Standard
11614 \begin_layout Labeling
11615 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11634 \begin_layout Standard
11649 \begin_layout Labeling
11650 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11704 \begin_layout Standard
11706 It's also the default size.
11720 \begin_layout Labeling
11721 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11741 \begin_layout Standard
11756 \begin_layout Labeling
11757 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11792 \begin_layout Labeling
11793 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11813 \begin_layout Standard
11823 \begin_layout Labeling
11824 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11844 \begin_layout Standard
11859 \begin_layout Labeling
11860 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11880 \begin_layout Standard
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11901 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11902 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11903 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11904 - use that instead.
11905 This is here for fine-tuning
11910 \begin_layout Labeling
11911 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11920 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11925 \begin_layout Labeling
11926 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11934 This is text with emphasize on
11940 \begin_layout Standard
11942 This might seem like the same as
11946 , but it is actually a bit different.
11947 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11948 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11956 \begin_layout Labeling
11957 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11965 This is text with Underbar on.
11969 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11988 This is text with Noun on.
11992 \begin_layout Standard
11998 , this is a logical attribute.
11999 For the moment, it is equivalent to
12004 , but that is bound to change some day.
12007 \begin_layout Standard
12009 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12010 when you couldn't change fonts.
12011 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
12012 an underscore character.
12013 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
12018 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
12019 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
12023 \begin_layout Labeling
12024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12030 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12031 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
12036 LaTeX package installed.
12041 is not able to display these colors.
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12059 , you can choose between
12094 \begin_layout Labeling
12095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12101 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12102 the language of the document.
12103 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
12106 \begin_layout Standard
12108 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12111 \begin_layout Standard
12113 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12118 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12126 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
12127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12142 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
12143 even when the dialog isn't visible.
12147 \begin_layout Standard
12149 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
12156 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12157 (suppose you just sent the shape to
12158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12175 Toggle on all these
12188 \begin_layout Standard
12190 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
12192 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
12194 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
12197 \begin_layout Section
12199 Printing and Previewing
12202 \begin_layout Subsection
12207 \begin_layout Standard
12209 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12210 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12211 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
12212 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
12213 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12220 \begin_layout Standard
12222 LyX uses a program called
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
12232 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
12233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12240 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12241 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12242 This happens in a couple of stages:
12245 \begin_layout Enumerate
12247 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12248 generating a file with the extension,
12249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12264 \begin_layout Enumerate
12266 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12270 file to produce printable output.
12271 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
12272 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
12276 file, or DVI for short.
12277 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
12278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12290 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
12291 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12295 \begin_layout Description
12297 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
12298 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
12299 be a link to these files.
12300 So don't forget these files if you move your
12304 file to another computer.
12307 \begin_layout Enumerate
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
12325 \begin_layout Enumerate
12331 files using a program called
12338 \begin_layout Enumerate
12340 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
12347 \begin_layout Enumerate
12349 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
12350 LyX automatically converts the
12354 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
12355 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
12364 \begin_layout Standard
12366 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
12371 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
12372 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
12373 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
12374 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
12379 \begin_layout Standard
12381 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
12384 \begin_layout Standard
12386 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
12387 preview of your document.
12388 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
12390 The printed result is worth the wait.
12391 Quality always has its price.
12394 \begin_layout Subsection
12396 Quick Viewing with xdvi
12399 \begin_layout Standard
12401 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12402 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
12407 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12420 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
12426 You can now look at the results.
12427 [If you want more info on the
12438 \begin_layout Description
12440 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
12444 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
12445 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
12450 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12455 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12472 program will automatically reread the
12476 file and give you an updated view.
12479 \begin_layout Subsection
12481 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
12484 \begin_layout Standard
12490 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
12491 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
12492 One reason is fonts.
12496 \begin_layout Standard
12502 : Another reason is paranoia.
12503 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
12504 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12510 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
12519 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12524 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12540 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12545 You can now look at the results.
12548 \begin_layout Standard
12550 You've guessed what the
12555 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12569 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12573 window after this command to update the view.
12576 \begin_layout Subsection
12581 \begin_layout Standard
12583 To print a file, select
12597 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12605 \begin_layout Standard
12607 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12608 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12609 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12610 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12611 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12612 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12615 \begin_layout Standard
12617 You can set the parameters in the
12624 \begin_layout Labeling
12625 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12634 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12638 \begin_layout Standard
12640 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12653 has to be configured for this printer name.
12655 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
12663 documentation for details.
12664 The default printer can also be set in
12673 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12676 \begin_layout Labeling
12677 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12686 The name of a file to print to.
12687 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12689 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12690 specify the full path.
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12695 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12699 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12703 have to process your document.
12706 \begin_layout Section
12708 A Few Words about Typography
12711 \begin_layout Subsection
12713 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12714 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12735 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12750 \begin_layout Enumerate
12757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12771 \begin_layout Enumerate
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12804 \begin_layout Enumerate
12811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12849 \begin_layout Enumerate
12854 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12876 You generate these by using the
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12888 character multiple times in a row.
12889 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12893 \begin_layout Standard
12895 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12896 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12897 Here are some examples of the
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12912 \begin_layout Enumerate
12914 line- and page-breaks
12923 \begin_layout Enumerate
12934 \begin_layout Enumerate
12936 Oh --- there's a dash.
12945 \begin_layout Enumerate
12948 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12960 \begin_layout Standard
12962 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12963 there is one in the printed version.
12966 \begin_layout Standard
12968 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12969 inserts hyphens in English text.
12970 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12973 \begin_layout Standard
12975 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12981 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12985 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12988 \begin_layout Quote
12992 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12993 nohyphenation, loaded.
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12998 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12999 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
13007 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by ''uncommenting''
13008 the relevant line in a file typically named
13013 Sorry for the inconvenience.
13016 \begin_layout Standard
13018 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
13022 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
13024 This is done with the menu item
13026 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
13038 pecial\InsetSpace ~
13049 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13050 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
13053 \begin_layout Subsection
13058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13060 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13061 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
13068 \begin_layout Standard
13070 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13071 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13072 LaTeX then adds the
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 appropriate amount of space
13077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13080 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
13082 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13085 \begin_layout Standard
13087 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
13088 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
13090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13101 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13102 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13105 \begin_layout Standard
13107 Here are some examples of
13111 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13114 \begin_layout Itemize
13120 \begin_layout Itemize
13126 \begin_layout Standard
13128 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
13129 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13132 \begin_layout Itemize
13136 this is too much space!
13139 \begin_layout Itemize
13145 \begin_layout Standard
13147 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13150 \begin_layout Standard
13152 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13155 \begin_layout Enumerate
13159 Protected\InsetSpace ~
13166 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13167 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
13174 \begin_layout Enumerate
13180 sentence\InsetSpace ~
13188 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13193 pecial\InsetSpace ~
13196 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13197 This function is also bound to
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13206 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13209 \begin_layout Itemize
13213 this is too much space!
13216 \begin_layout Itemize
13218 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13222 \begin_layout Standard
13224 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13225 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
13227 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13233 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13241 feature described in
13248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13251 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
13258 \begin_layout Standard
13260 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13261 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13262 and use a closing quote at the end.
13264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13272 The keyboard character,
13276 , generates this automatically.
13279 \begin_layout Standard
13281 You can change the behavior of the
13302 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13321 key produce the sequence:
13322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 button, in contrast, makes the
13342 \begin_inset Quotes els
13348 \begin_layout Standard
13350 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
13358 There are six choices:
13361 \begin_layout Labeling
13362 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 Use quotes like this
13377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13385 \begin_inset Quotes els
13389 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13395 \begin_layout Labeling
13396 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13401 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13405 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13411 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13419 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13425 \begin_layout Labeling
13426 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13431 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13435 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13441 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13445 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13449 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13453 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13459 \begin_layout Labeling
13460 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13465 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13469 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13475 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13479 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13483 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13487 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13493 \begin_layout Labeling
13494 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13499 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13503 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13509 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13513 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13517 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13521 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13527 \begin_layout Labeling
13528 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13533 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13537 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13543 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13547 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13551 \begin_inset Quotes als
13555 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13561 \begin_layout Standard
13563 Again, this affects what character the
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13572 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
13585 \begin_layout Subsection
13588 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13597 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13598 print them as single characters.
13599 These groups are known as
13604 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
13606 Here are the possible ligatures:
13609 \begin_layout Itemize
13614 \begin_layout Itemize
13619 \begin_layout Itemize
13624 \begin_layout Itemize
13629 \begin_layout Itemize
13634 \begin_layout Standard
13636 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13637 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13645 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13661 To break a ligature, use
13666 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13671 pecial\InsetSpace ~
13674 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13677 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13693 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13710 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13718 \begin_layout Subsection
13721 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
13728 \begin_layout Standard
13730 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13732 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13733 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13734 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13735 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13736 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13737 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13748 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13751 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13752 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13753 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13754 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13755 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13756 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13759 \begin_layout Standard
13761 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13762 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13763 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13765 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
13771 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
13775 ] may have more information.
13776 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13779 \begin_layout Chapter
13781 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13782 \begin_inset OptArg
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13787 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13795 \begin_layout Section
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13802 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13810 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13811 somewhere else in your text.
13812 When you insert a footnote with
13821 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13852 appearing within your text.
13853 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13854 You can enter your text into this box.
13856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13875 label, the box will
13876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13888 Clicking on the button again will
13893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13906 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13911 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13912 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13913 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13914 when it processes your file.
13915 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13916 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13917 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13920 \begin_layout Standard
13922 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13923 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13937 document class or changing the counter
13942 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13950 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13971 \begin_layout Description
13973 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13975 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13976 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13978 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13982 \begin_layout Section
13987 \begin_layout Standard
13989 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13990 When you insert a margin note via
13996 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14012 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
14013 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14036 appearing within your text.
14037 \begin_inset Marginal
14040 \begin_layout Standard
14042 This is a margin note.
14047 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
14048 You can enter your text into this box.
14050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 label, the box will
14064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14072 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
14079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14091 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
14093 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
14094 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
14095 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
14099 \begin_layout Section
14101 Figures and Imported Graphics
14102 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14111 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
14112 graphics from other utilities into the document.
14113 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
14114 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
14118 \begin_layout Standard
14120 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
14121 in the document you place them.
14122 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
14124 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14133 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
14134 on the toolbar, or select
14139 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14150 \begin_layout Standard
14152 A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear
14153 for you to choose the file to load.
14154 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
14157 \begin_layout Standard
14160 \begin_inset Graphics
14161 filename mobius.eps
14164 rotateOrigin center
14171 \begin_layout Standard
14173 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
14178 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
14179 formats are supported automatically).
14180 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
14184 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
14188 describes all available units.
14189 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
14192 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
14196 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
14197 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
14199 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
14204 You can also set the
14208 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
14210 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
14217 \begin_layout Subsection
14222 \begin_layout Standard
14224 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
14225 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
14226 target output format can be created.
14227 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
14229 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
14236 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
14239 \begin_layout Standard
14242 \begin_inset Float table
14248 \begin_layout Caption
14251 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
14255 Units for setting the image size
14258 \begin_layout Standard
14261 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14271 \begin_inset Tabular
14272 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
14274 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
14275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
14276 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14280 \begin_layout Standard
14287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14290 \begin_layout Standard
14298 <row topline="true">
14299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14302 \begin_layout Standard
14309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14312 \begin_layout Standard
14320 <row topline="true">
14321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14324 \begin_layout Standard
14331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14334 \begin_layout Standard
14342 <row topline="true">
14343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14346 \begin_layout Standard
14353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14356 \begin_layout Standard
14364 <row topline="true">
14365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14368 \begin_layout Standard
14375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14378 \begin_layout Standard
14380 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
14386 <row topline="true">
14387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14402 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
14408 <row topline="true">
14409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14412 \begin_layout Standard
14419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14424 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
14430 <row topline="true">
14431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14444 \begin_layout Standard
14446 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
14452 <row topline="true">
14453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14466 \begin_layout Standard
14469 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
14473 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14482 <row topline="true">
14483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14486 \begin_layout Standard
14493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14498 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
14504 <row topline="true">
14505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14508 \begin_layout Standard
14515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14520 % of original image width
14526 <row topline="true">
14527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14540 \begin_layout Standard
14548 <row topline="true">
14549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14562 \begin_layout Standard
14570 <row topline="true">
14571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14574 \begin_layout Standard
14581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14584 \begin_layout Standard
14592 <row topline="true">
14593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14596 \begin_layout Standard
14603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14606 \begin_layout Standard
14614 <row topline="true">
14615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14618 \begin_layout Standard
14625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14628 \begin_layout Standard
14636 <row topline="true">
14637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14650 \begin_layout Standard
14658 <row topline="true">
14659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14672 \begin_layout Standard
14684 <row topline="true">
14685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14710 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14714 \begin_layout Standard
14721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14726 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14746 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14747 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14748 figures themselves.
14749 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14782 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14795 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14796 loadable graphics format.
14799 \begin_layout Standard
14801 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14813 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14822 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14823 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14824 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14829 If, after all that, LyX
14833 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14837 Error converting to loadable format
14838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14841 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14842 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14843 list of known converters.
14846 \begin_layout Standard
14848 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14849 when generating the final document.
14850 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14851 in PostScript® format.
14852 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14865 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14868 \begin_layout Subsection
14873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14875 Using Figure Floats
14876 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14885 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14886 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14887 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14888 it preferable to use
14890 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14893 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14894 deems necessary for a good fit.
14895 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14896 place a caption on them, using the
14900 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14902 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14913 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14921 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14926 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14930 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14931 above to insert the actual figure.
14934 \begin_layout Standard
14937 \begin_inset Float figure
14943 \begin_layout Caption
14946 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14957 \begin_inset Graphics
14958 filename escher-lsd.eps
14960 rotateOrigin center
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14975 \begin_inset Float figure
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14984 \begin_inset Graphics
14985 filename platypus.eps
14987 rotateOrigin center
14994 \begin_layout Caption
14997 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
15001 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
15009 \begin_layout Standard
15011 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
15013 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
15014 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
15015 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
15016 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
15020 environment after the figure has been inserted.
15021 This is what we did for figure
15022 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
15027 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
15031 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
15032 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
15037 It is preferred to use one
15046 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
15049 \begin_layout Standard
15051 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
15052 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
15053 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
15063 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
15064 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15070 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
15071 to it; as you would expect from reading section
15072 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
15076 you can simply insert a
15083 in the caption and refer to it using a
15092 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
15093 using vague references to
15094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15101 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
15103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15111 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
15112 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
15114 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
15117 \begin_layout Standard
15119 Note that the caption is used in a
15129 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
15131 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
15135 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
15138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15141 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15150 Now, the whole idea behind
15152 Figure\InsetSpace ~
15160 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
15161 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
15162 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
15163 for the exact details.
15164 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
15166 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
15167 You can change these, if you wish, in the
15172 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15185 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
15186 You can place any combination of four letters in the
15194 \begin_layout Itemize
15205 \begin_layout Itemize
15216 \begin_layout Itemize
15227 \begin_layout Itemize
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15240 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
15243 \begin_layout Description
15245 Here: LyX tries to put the
15249 at the same point in the text where you put it.
15253 \begin_layout Standard
15255 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
15258 \begin_layout Description
15260 Top: LyX tries to put the
15264 at the top of the current page.
15265 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
15268 \begin_layout Description
15270 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
15274 at the bottom of the current page.
15275 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
15278 \begin_layout Description
15280 Page: LyX tries to put the
15288 s) on a page of its own.
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15293 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
15294 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
15295 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
15296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
15308 The default placement list is
15309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15320 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
15321 on a page by itself.
15322 If you want LyX to try
15323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15330 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
15332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15344 Here are some example entries and what they do:
15347 \begin_layout Enumerate
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15357 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
15358 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
15359 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
15362 \begin_layout Enumerate
15370 \begin_layout Standard
15372 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
15373 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
15376 \begin_layout Enumerate
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15386 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
15387 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
15390 \begin_layout Enumerate
15398 \begin_layout Standard
15400 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
15403 \begin_layout Subsection
15408 \begin_layout Standard
15410 One obvious question is
15411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15414 how would I create the figures?
15415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15418 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
15423 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
15424 If you want to include figures that you have created with
15428 there are several ways.
15429 We recommend the following:
15432 \begin_layout Enumerate
15434 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
15435 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
15437 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
15439 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
15440 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
15441 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
15442 The figure can be manipulated like any other
15443 EPS figure, as described above.
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15450 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
15452 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
15453 the next way is recommended.
15456 \begin_layout Enumerate
15458 Export the figure as LaTeX.
15459 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
15460 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
15461 Therefore you have to set the
15466 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
15472 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
15474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15483 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
15486 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
15491 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15499 (see description in
15503 ) this text will appear as
15504 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15514 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
15515 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
15516 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
15517 annoyingly, not all slopes.
15518 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
15521 \begin_layout Enumerate
15523 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
15532 , really] will generate two files:
15536 \begin_layout Enumerate
15538 the PostScript part
15542 , that contains all painting.
15545 \begin_layout Enumerate
15551 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15556 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
15557 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15563 If you get an error like
15564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15567 unknown graphics extension pstex
15568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15571 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
15576 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
15577 Simply add a line like
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15586 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
15589 \begin_layout Standard
15593 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15609 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15614 This should fix the whole thing.
15615 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
15619 and change the LaTeX part
15624 But this is annoying.
15630 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
15631 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
15632 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
15633 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15634 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15638 \begin_layout Section
15641 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
15648 \begin_layout Standard
15650 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15651 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15652 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15657 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15662 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15670 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15671 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15672 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15673 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15674 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15675 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15679 \begin_layout Standard
15682 \begin_inset Tabular
15683 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15689 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15721 \begin_layout Standard
15737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15757 <row topline="true">
15758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15761 \begin_layout Standard
15777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15780 \begin_layout Standard
15786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <row topline="true">
15806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15809 \begin_layout Standard
15825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15834 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15837 \begin_layout Standard
15853 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15863 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15867 \begin_layout Standard
15883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15886 \begin_layout Standard
15892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15895 \begin_layout Standard
15901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15918 \begin_layout Subsection
15923 \begin_layout Standard
15925 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15926 brings up a settings dialog.
15927 Among these options are:
15930 \begin_layout Itemize
15932 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15933 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15934 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15935 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15936 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15937 row in the example above.
15938 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15939 the left line of the column to the right.
15942 \begin_layout Itemize
15944 Text alignment in a column
15947 \begin_layout Itemize
15949 Appending rows and columns
15952 \begin_layout Itemize
15954 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15957 \begin_layout Itemize
15962 \begin_layout Itemize
15964 Setting a fixed width for a column
15967 \begin_layout Itemize
15969 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15970 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15971 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15974 \begin_layout Itemize
15976 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15981 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15987 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15996 when the cursor is inside a table.
16000 \begin_layout Standard
16002 Most of these options also work on selections.
16003 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16004 done on all of your selection.
16005 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
16009 of the cell, and the cell itself.
16010 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
16016 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
16017 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
16020 \begin_layout Standard
16022 When you append a row, it is added
16026 the row containing the cursor.
16027 Similarly, columns are appended to the
16032 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
16033 a lot of cutting and pasting.
16034 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16040 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
16041 For example, in the above table, row
16042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16049 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
16050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16065 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
16070 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16080 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
16081 bottom border lines and text alignment.
16082 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
16085 \begin_layout Standard
16088 \begin_inset Tabular
16089 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
16091 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16092 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16093 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16094 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16095 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Standard
16114 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Standard
16133 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <row topline="true">
16154 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16173 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16176 \begin_layout Standard
16191 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Standard
16210 <row topline="true">
16211 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16233 \begin_layout Standard
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16267 <row topline="true">
16268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16290 \begin_layout Standard
16305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16308 \begin_layout Standard
16324 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Standard
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Standard
16362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Standard
16388 \begin_layout Standard
16390 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
16391 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
16393 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
16394 \begin_inset Note Note
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16399 I can make nothing of this explanation.
16400 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
16408 \begin_layout Standard
16410 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
16423 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
16426 \begin_layout Standard
16428 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
16431 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
16434 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
16436 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
16438 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
16441 \begin_layout Standard
16449 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
16456 display on screen, and works
16460 for PostScript output.
16461 So, if you want to preview them, use
16466 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16480 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
16485 will not show the table properly.
16488 \begin_layout Standard
16491 \begin_inset Tabular
16492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
16494 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16505 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16506 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Standard
16526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Standard
16545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Standard
16583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Standard
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16643 \begin_layout Standard
16659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Standard
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Standard
16736 <row topline="true">
16737 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Standard
16757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Standard
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Standard
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Standard
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Standard
16860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Standard
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Standard
16898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16901 \begin_layout Standard
16917 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Standard
16937 <row topline="true">
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Standard
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Standard
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Standard
16986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Standard
17005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Standard
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Standard
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Standard
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Standard
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Standard
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Standard
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17158 <row topline="true">
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Standard
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Standard
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Standard
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Standard
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Standard
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Standard
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Standard
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Standard
17302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17305 \begin_layout Standard
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Standard
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Standard
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Standard
17369 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Standard
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Standard
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Standard
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Standard
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Standard
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Standard
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Standard
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Standard
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Standard
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Standard
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Standard
17560 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Standard
17580 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Standard
17599 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Standard
17608 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Standard
17617 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Standard
17626 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Standard
17635 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Standard
17644 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Standard
17653 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Standard
17662 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Standard
17671 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Standard
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Standard
17707 \begin_layout Subsection
17709 What can be placed inside a table cell?
17712 \begin_layout Standard
17714 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
17715 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
17716 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
17717 can be placed in the same cell.
17718 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
17720 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17724 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17725 for the cell's paragraph.
17728 \begin_layout Subsection
17730 Cut & Paste in Tables
17733 \begin_layout Standard
17735 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17736 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17737 Selection with the mouse or with
17741 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17742 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17743 using the mouse to select and paste.
17746 \begin_layout Standard
17749 \begin_inset Tabular
17750 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17755 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17759 \begin_layout Standard
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Standard
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Standard
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Standard
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Standard
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Standard
17873 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Standard
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Standard
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Standard
17939 \begin_layout Standard
17942 \begin_inset Tabular
17943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17948 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Standard
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Standard
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Standard
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Standard
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Standard
18066 <row topline="true">
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Standard
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Standard
18095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Standard
18105 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Standard
18115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Standard
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Standard
18141 \begin_layout Standard
18143 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
18144 by starting the selection from outside the table.
18147 \begin_layout Subsection
18149 Multiple lines in cells
18152 \begin_layout Standard
18154 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
18156 Define a fixed length for the column in the
18161 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
18162 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
18167 \begin_layout Standard
18170 \begin_inset Tabular
18171 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18174 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
18175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18176 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18180 \begin_layout Standard
18196 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Standard
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Standard
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Standard
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Standard
18269 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Standard
18294 <row bottomline="true">
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Standard
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Standard
18328 This is longer now.
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Standard
18353 <row bottomline="true">
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Standard
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Standard
18387 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18388 This is longer now.
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Standard
18420 \begin_layout Standard
18422 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
18423 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
18424 margin of the page.
18425 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
18426 so might extend below the bottom margin.
18427 You have these options to resolve this problem:
18430 \begin_layout Enumerate
18432 Split it into two tables.
18435 \begin_layout Enumerate
18446 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
18447 After doing this, the list of
18451 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
18455 \begin_layout Enumerate
18462 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
18463 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18466 \begin_layout Enumerate
18472 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
18473 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18474 except for the first page, if
18482 \begin_layout Enumerate
18488 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
18489 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18490 except for the last page, if
18498 \begin_layout Enumerate
18505 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
18506 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18509 \begin_layout Standard
18511 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18512 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
18513 The others will then be defined as
18518 In this context, first means first in this order:
18520 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
18540 example file to see how this works.
18546 \begin_layout Standard
18548 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
18549 rows to break the page on as well.
18552 \begin_layout Enumerate
18554 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
18555 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
18558 \begin_layout Subsection
18561 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
18568 \begin_layout Standard
18570 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
18589 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18599 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
18600 exactly where you insert it.
18601 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
18602 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
18606 , and is described in section
18607 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
18612 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
18614 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
18620 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
18624 is an example of a table float.
18625 \begin_inset Float table
18631 \begin_layout Caption
18634 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
18641 \begin_layout Standard
18644 \begin_inset Tabular
18645 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
18647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18650 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Standard
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Standard
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Standard
18709 <row topline="true">
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Standard
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Standard
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Standard
18768 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Standard
18784 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Standard
18807 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18809 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18820 \begin_layout Standard
18832 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18853 \begin_layout Section
18855 Table of Contents and other Listings
18856 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
18863 \begin_layout Standard
18865 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18874 such as a Table of Contents.
18875 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18876 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18879 \begin_layout Subsection
18881 The Table of Contents
18884 \begin_layout Standard
18886 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18889 \begin_layout Enumerate
18891 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18898 \begin_layout Enumerate
18900 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18910 (Sub...), Paragraph
18913 Note that styles with a
18925 appear in the Table of Contents.
18928 \begin_layout Enumerate
18930 Make sure you set the
18935 ection\InsetSpace ~
18936 number\InsetSpace ~
18955 Document\InsetSpace ~
18958 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18959 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
18966 \begin_layout Enumerate
18968 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18969 You'll find it under
18974 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18981 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18993 \begin_layout Standard
18995 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
19001 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19013 \begin_layout Subsection
19015 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
19016 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
19023 \begin_layout Standard
19025 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
19026 You can insert them from the
19031 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19041 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
19042 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
19045 \begin_layout Chapter
19047 Mathematical Formulae
19050 \begin_layout Section
19055 \begin_layout Standard
19057 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
19058 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
19062 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
19064 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
19065 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
19066 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
19073 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
19078 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
19092 (CUA binding only).
19095 \begin_layout Standard
19097 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
19098 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19101 , there is a special shortcut.
19109 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19119 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
19125 \begin_layout Standard
19127 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
19132 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19137 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19149 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19157 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
19158 somewhere on the screen.
19159 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
19160 will insert a formula for you.
19163 \begin_layout Subsection
19165 Navigating a Formula
19168 \begin_layout Standard
19170 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
19171 with the arrow keys.
19172 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
19173 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
19178 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
19179 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
19183 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
19187 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19189 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
19197 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
19202 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
19203 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
19206 \begin_layout Standard
19212 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
19213 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
19214 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
19219 For example, if you want
19220 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
19267 , since in the latter case only the
19270 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
19275 will be under the square root sign,
19276 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
19280 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
19284 \begin_layout Standard
19286 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
19288 \begin_inset Formula \[
19289 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19292 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
19296 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
19297 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
19300 \begin_layout Subsection
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19307 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
19308 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
19312 and a cursor movement key to select text.
19313 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
19314 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
19315 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
19316 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
19319 \begin_layout Subsection
19321 Exponents and Subscripts
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19326 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
19327 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
19329 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
19345 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
19346 in the superscript.
19352 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
19356 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19377 Subscripts are similar, to get
19378 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19393 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
19394 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
19396 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19400 if you need to alter this.
19403 \begin_layout Subsection
19408 \begin_layout Standard
19410 Create a fraction with either
19418 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
19438 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
19439 squares top and bottom.
19440 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
19441 To move to the bottom, simply press
19446 To move back up, press
19451 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19452 \begin_inset Formula \[
19453 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19455 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19462 \begin_layout Subsection
19467 \begin_layout Standard
19470 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19474 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19477 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
19478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19486 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19487 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19488 Sum will automatically place its
19489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19496 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
19497 when inlined, such as
19498 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19502 \begin_inset Note Note
19505 \begin_layout Standard
19507 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
19514 \begin_inset Formula \[
19515 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
19519 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
19520 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
19521 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
19525 \begin_inset Formula \[
19526 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
19530 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
19531 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
19532 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
19533 in front of the sign and hitting
19538 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
19542 \begin_layout Standard
19544 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19552 feature as addition, such as
19553 \begin_inset Formula \[
19554 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19558 which will place the
19559 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19570 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
19571 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19576 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19579 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
19585 in math-mode, or choosing from the
19586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19593 menu in the math panel; see
19594 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
19601 \begin_layout Subsection
19604 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
19611 \begin_layout Standard
19622 dialog (accessible via
19627 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19634 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
19635 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
19636 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
19637 details in later sections.
19640 \begin_layout Standard
19642 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
19645 \begin_layout Subsection
19650 \begin_layout Standard
19652 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
19658 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
19666 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
19674 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
19682 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
19691 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
19699 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19701 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
19702 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
19703 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
19704 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
19705 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
19708 \begin_layout Standard
19710 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
19711 In the minibuffer, type
19716 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
19725 to move between the two boxes.
19726 You can also use the key binding
19733 \begin_layout Subsection
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19740 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19741 that LaTeX provides.
19742 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19743 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19744 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19745 The first thing to do is to type
19750 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19752 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19756 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19761 you move the cursor, after typing
19769 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19771 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19773 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19777 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19781 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19784 \begin_layout Subsection
19787 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
19794 \begin_layout Standard
19796 The math panel contains a number of
19797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19805 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19809 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19817 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19824 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19826 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19829 , should not be italicized.
19830 Entering just the letters
19831 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19834 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19836 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19837 For example, the expression
19838 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19841 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19842 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19843 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19846 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19847 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19848 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19852 \begin_inset Formula \[
19853 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19857 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19863 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19864 to improve linespacing).
19867 \begin_layout Subsection
19872 \begin_layout Standard
19874 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19876 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19877 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19878 That is, you can enter
19879 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19882 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19883 This is entered by typing
19884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19898 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19899 the various accents:
19902 \begin_layout Standard
19905 \begin_inset Tabular
19906 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19911 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Standard
19931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19934 \begin_layout Standard
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Standard
19970 <row topline="true">
19971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19974 \begin_layout Standard
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Standard
20009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20012 \begin_layout Standard
20024 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20033 <row topline="true">
20034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20037 \begin_layout Standard
20053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Standard
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Standard
20087 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
20096 <row topline="true">
20097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Standard
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Standard
20150 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
20159 <row topline="true">
20160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20163 \begin_layout Standard
20179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20182 \begin_layout Standard
20198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Standard
20213 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
20222 <row topline="true">
20223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Standard
20242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20264 \begin_layout Standard
20276 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
20285 <row topline="true">
20286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Standard
20324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20339 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
20348 <row topline="true">
20349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Standard
20368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20371 \begin_layout Standard
20387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20390 \begin_layout Standard
20402 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20411 <row topline="true">
20412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20415 \begin_layout Standard
20431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20434 \begin_layout Standard
20450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20453 \begin_layout Standard
20465 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20474 <row topline="true">
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20497 \begin_layout Standard
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Standard
20528 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20537 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Standard
20557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20560 \begin_layout Standard
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Standard
20591 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20607 \begin_layout Standard
20609 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
20614 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
20615 made within a formula too.
20618 \begin_layout Subsection
20620 The math editor for LaTeX users
20623 \begin_layout Standard
20625 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
20626 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
20628 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
20635 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
20636 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20639 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
20640 menus for a symbol.
20641 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
20646 \begin_layout Quotation
20648 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
20649 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
20651 As an example, I created this
20652 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20655 by typing the following keys: First type
20685 As soon as I typed that
20690 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20693 was right there on the screen.
20697 \begin_layout Standard
20704 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
20719 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
20724 leaves the formula.
20725 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
20728 \begin_layout Itemize
20730 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
20733 \begin_layout Itemize
20735 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
20736 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
20739 \begin_layout Itemize
20741 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
20745 \begin_layout Itemize
20747 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
20758 \begin_layout Itemize
20760 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
20761 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
20764 , you can find it in the dialogs
20767 \begin_layout Section
20769 Brackets and decorations
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20774 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20775 For most purposes, using just the keys
20781 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
20782 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
20783 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
20789 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
20794 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20796 \begin_inset Formula \[
20797 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20799 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20803 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20805 \begin_inset Formula \[
20806 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20811 \begin_inset Formula \[
20812 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20816 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20817 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20832 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20833 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20834 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20835 clicking on the button.
20836 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20837 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20842 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20843 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20844 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20845 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20849 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20851 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20857 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20860 \begin_layout Standard
20862 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20866 for grouping, you should read
20867 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
20874 \begin_layout Section
20877 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
20884 \begin_layout Standard
20886 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20887 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20901 \begin_inset Formula \[
20902 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20911 However, trying to type the
20915 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20916 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20923 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20924 The example directly above shows how this works.
20927 \begin_layout Section
20929 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20934 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20940 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20941 number of rows/columns.
20942 Here is an example:
20943 \begin_inset Formula \[
20944 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20947 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20951 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20952 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20953 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20957 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20959 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20960 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20961 The specification is
20966 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20971 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20972 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20973 It will look like this:
20974 \begin_inset Formula \[
20976 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20977 column & has & has\, right\\
20978 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20985 \begin_layout Standard
20987 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20991 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20997 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21007 \begin_layout Standard
21009 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
21010 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
21016 and commutative diagrams.
21017 Not all of these are supported in LyX.
21018 However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix.
21021 \begin_layout Standard
21023 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
21024 A formula will automatically switch to an
21030 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
21038 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
21039 equation, is to insert a new line (with
21046 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
21047 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
21054 Here is an example:
21055 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
21057 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
21061 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
21068 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
21073 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
21074 everything in the left side of the line.
21075 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
21076 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
21081 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
21082 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
21083 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
21084 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
21090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21097 insertion points in the line will disappear.
21100 \begin_layout Section
21102 Equation Numbering and Labels
21103 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
21110 \begin_layout Standard
21112 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
21113 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
21114 \begin_inset Formula \[
21119 into the numbered equation :
21120 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
21121 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
21132 menu, and select the
21141 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
21142 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
21143 care of re-numbering the equation.
21144 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
21145 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
21146 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
21147 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
21153 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21158 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21159 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21166 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
21169 \begin_layout Standard
21172 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
21173 1+1=2.\end{equation}
21177 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
21178 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
21180 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
21188 dialog, which you open using
21193 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21204 \begin_layout Standard
21206 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
21207 lines are numbered separately.
21208 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
21209 receive a label of #.
21210 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
21212 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
21217 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21218 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
21219 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
21220 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
21224 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
21229 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21234 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21235 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21240 umbering\InsetSpace ~
21244 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
21247 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21248 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
21250 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
21251 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
21255 Note that the first equation in this set (
21256 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
21260 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
21262 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
21266 ) is again labelled.
21270 \begin_layout Section
21272 User defined macros in math mode
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21277 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
21278 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
21279 the macro in blue (math color).
21280 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
21281 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
21283 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
21284 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
21287 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
21288 written during export as LaTeX.
21289 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
21290 macro's expansion on screen.
21291 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
21292 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
21293 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
21296 \begin_layout Standard
21298 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
21305 , and it will be automatically expanded:
21306 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
21310 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
21311 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
21319 \begin_layout Standard
21321 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
21327 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
21331 followed by the argument number:
21332 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
21333 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
21339 \begin_layout Standard
21341 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
21342 that you can insert there whatever you want:
21347 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
21354 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21363 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
21376 \begin_layout Subsection
21378 How to create macros
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21383 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21389 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
21397 \begin_layout Standard
21401 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
21404 \begin_layout Standard
21413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21436 math-macro macrowarg 1
21439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21445 \begin_layout Standard
21447 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
21455 math-macro-arg <number>
21458 \begin_layout Standard
21460 The argument mark in
21466 was introduced with
21467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21481 \begin_layout Standard
21483 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
21484 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
21485 can be edited only once.
21488 \begin_layout Subsection
21490 How to navigate in macros
21493 \begin_layout Description
21498 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
21499 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
21500 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
21501 right side of the macro.
21504 \begin_layout Description
21508 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
21509 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
21512 \begin_layout Standard
21514 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
21518 \begin_layout Section
21523 \begin_layout Subsection
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21530 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
21531 The standard font for text is italic,
21532 \begin_inset Formula $text$
21535 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
21536 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
21537 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
21540 \begin_layout Standard
21543 \begin_inset Tabular
21544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21548 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21562 \begin_layout Standard
21570 <row topline="true">
21571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21574 \begin_layout Standard
21583 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21594 \begin_layout Standard
21606 <row topline="true">
21607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21610 \begin_layout Standard
21613 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21624 \begin_layout Standard
21636 <row topline="true">
21637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21640 \begin_layout Standard
21643 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21654 \begin_layout Standard
21666 <row topline="true">
21667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21679 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21690 \begin_layout Standard
21702 <row topline="true">
21703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21709 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
21717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21720 \begin_layout Standard
21732 <row topline="true">
21733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21736 \begin_layout Standard
21739 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21750 \begin_layout Standard
21762 <row topline="true">
21763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21766 \begin_layout Standard
21776 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21799 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21803 \begin_layout Standard
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21817 \begin_layout Standard
21836 \begin_layout Standard
21838 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21839 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21843 \begin_layout Standard
21845 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21846 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21847 style after one character.
21848 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21849 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21850 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21852 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21853 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21858 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21861 \begin_layout Standard
21863 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21865 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21868 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21869 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21881 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21883 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21886 \begin_layout Standard
21888 A number of other options are available as well, via
21893 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21898 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21905 \begin_layout Subsection
21910 \begin_layout Standard
21912 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21913 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21914 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21919 while already in math mode.
21920 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21921 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21922 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21926 \begin_layout Standard
21928 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21946 ) might have been a better choice
21951 , but it works for simple text.
21953 \begin_inset Formula \[
21954 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21955 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21956 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21963 \begin_layout Subsection
21968 \begin_layout Standard
21970 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21978 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21996 For most characters,
22004 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
22005 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
22010 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
22011 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
22013 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
22017 function in the minibuffer.
22018 For example, you can set
22019 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
22026 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
22029 math-size displaystyle
22031 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
22033 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
22037 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
22038 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
22040 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
22043 ! This reflects a LaTeX
22044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22063 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
22064 Here are some text in the various styles:
22065 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
22069 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
22073 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
22077 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
22083 \begin_layout Standard
22085 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
22086 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
22088 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
22089 will be adjusted to correspond.
22093 \begin_layout Standard
22098 Here is a paragraph in
22099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22106 font, with symbols:
22107 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22113 \begin_layout Standard
22115 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
22119 \begin_layout Section
22124 \begin_layout Standard
22126 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
22128 LyX includes some support for these packages.
22131 \begin_layout Subsection
22133 Enabling AMS-Support
22136 \begin_layout Standard
22143 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22150 dialog there is a checkbox,
22157 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
22158 the facilities available.
22161 \begin_layout Subsection
22166 \begin_layout Standard
22168 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
22169 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
22170 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
22171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22178 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
22179 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
22180 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
22181 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
22183 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
22186 \begin_layout Subsection
22191 \begin_layout Standard
22193 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
22194 LyX allows you to choose between
22215 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
22216 tion for the differences between these formula
22220 \begin_layout Chapter
22225 \begin_layout Section
22228 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
22235 \begin_layout Standard
22237 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
22238 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
22244 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
22245 The other half is the
22249 proper, and it looks like this:
22250 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
22255 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
22257 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
22258 case, the number of this section.
22259 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
22260 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
22265 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
22266 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
22268 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
22269 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
22273 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
22281 \begin_layout Standard
22283 To insert a label, use
22290 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22296 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
22297 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
22298 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
22301 \begin_layout Standard
22303 To insert a reference, select
22310 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22319 Insert\InsetSpace ~
22322 dialog appears with a list of labels.
22323 Selecting a list item, then clicking
22327 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
22334 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
22337 \begin_layout Standard
22339 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
22348 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
22351 \begin_layout Quote
22359 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
22365 There were undefined references
22368 \begin_layout Standard
22370 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
22373 \begin_layout Standard
22375 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
22380 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
22381 So --- if you want to put a label on a
22389 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
22402 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
22403 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
22407 separately from the
22412 The same goes for all other section headings.
22415 \begin_layout Standard
22429 section headings and table and figure floats.
22430 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
22431 you can't really use a
22439 \begin_layout Standard
22445 , but only if you use the
22455 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
22456 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
22461 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
22467 Once again, the regular
22471 won't work very well.
22472 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
22473 of the previous numbered section heading.
22479 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
22484 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
22489 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
22493 for details on using a
22497 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
22501 \begin_layout Section
22503 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22506 \begin_layout Standard
22508 It is often desirable to include long
22509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22516 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
22517 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
22519 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22520 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
22523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22530 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
22531 along automatically determined boundaries.
22534 \begin_layout Standard
22536 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
22537 ike entity) simply select
22539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22546 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
22554 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
22555 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
22557 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
22565 \begin_layout Standard
22571 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22572 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22584 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22594 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
22602 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
22604 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
22608 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
22613 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
22614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22617 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
22619 http://ctan.tug.org
22622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22632 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
22646 \begin_layout Section
22648 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
22649 \begin_inset OptArg
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22664 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
22665 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
22666 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
22667 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
22670 \begin_layout Standard
22672 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
22673 that specifies a shorter version of the title
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22679 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
22683 command[optionalargument]{the content}
22689 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
22690 avoiding the problem mentioned.
22691 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
22696 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22701 This will insert a box (labelled
22702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22717 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
22718 This also works for captions inside floats.
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22723 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
22726 \begin_layout Section
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22733 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
22735 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
22736 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
22737 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
22738 This can be achieved with
22745 \begin_layout Standard
22751 the branches available within a particular document.
22752 This is done in the
22754 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22755 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22759 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
22760 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
22761 Then, you create a branch inset from the
22763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22767 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
22771 \begin_layout Standard
22781 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
22782 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
22783 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22788 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
22789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22796 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
22797 \begin_inset Note Note
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22802 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
22810 \begin_layout Section
22812 Previewing snippets of your document
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22817 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
22818 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
22819 to break your train of thought with
22824 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22832 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
22833 necessary software (see below) and select the
22847 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22855 (It can be found in the
22859 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22862 pane in the Qt frontend and the
22866 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22869 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
22870 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
22871 Previews of an already loaded document are
22875 generated just by selecting the
22886 \begin_layout Standard
22888 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22889 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
22897 check box in the inset's dialog.
22898 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22900 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22903 \begin_layout Standard
22905 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22906 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22907 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22911 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22914 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22926 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22937 \begin_layout Section
22939 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22942 \begin_layout Subsection
22944 Extra Horizontal Space
22945 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
22952 \begin_layout Standard
22958 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22963 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22964 space between the left and right margins.
22965 If there is more than one
22969 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22973 \begin_layout Standard
22979 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22983 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22988 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22991 \begin_layout Standard
22999 can be inserted with
23005 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23010 pecial\InsetSpace ~
23011 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23016 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
23020 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
23023 \begin_layout Quote
23025 This is on the left side
23027 This is on the right
23030 \begin_layout Quote
23039 \begin_layout Quote
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23052 That was an example in the
23059 :is one in a standard paragraph.
23060 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
23064 sitting in-between the two
23065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23077 Remember that we said that an
23081 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
23082 than one set of margins on a line.
23083 Here's an example with the
23090 \begin_layout Labeling
23091 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
23104 \begin_layout Standard
23107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23114 marks the beginning of the item.
23115 (There is actually a
23116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23127 inside of the label of the
23131 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
23135 s work similarly in other
23136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23143 situations, like two-column mode.
23146 \begin_layout Subsection
23148 Extra Vertical Space
23149 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23158 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
23163 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23168 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
23173 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
23179 \begin_layout Standard
23181 We will not provide an example of a
23185 , as it would waste paper.
23186 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
23190 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
23191 If there are several
23195 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
23196 You can therefore use
23200 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23206 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
23207 only added if you have also checked the option
23212 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23217 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
23218 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23223 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23234 \begin_layout Subsection
23236 Changing Paragraph Alignment
23239 \begin_layout Standard
23241 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
23246 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23251 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
23255 There are four possibilities:
23258 \begin_layout Itemize
23268 \begin_layout Itemize
23278 \begin_layout Itemize
23288 \begin_layout Itemize
23298 \begin_layout Standard
23300 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
23301 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
23302 the left and right margins.
23303 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
23306 \begin_layout Standard
23308 This paragraph is right aligned,
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23313 this one is centered,
23316 \begin_layout Standard
23318 this one is left aligned.
23321 \begin_layout Standard
23323 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
23328 \begin_layout Subsection
23330 Forcing Page Breaks
23331 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23340 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
23341 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
23342 In general, this will
23346 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
23348 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
23355 \begin_layout Standard
23357 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
23358 recommend not using it until the text is
23362 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
23366 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
23372 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23377 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
23380 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
23384 \begin_layout Standard
23386 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
23387 at the top of a page.
23388 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
23389 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
23390 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
23391 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
23393 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
23398 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
23409 \begin_layout Subsection
23412 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
23419 \begin_layout Standard
23421 The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
23422 line at that point.
23423 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
23426 \begin_layout Quote
23428 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
23434 \begin_layout Standard
23436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
23437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23453 A protected blank is set with
23458 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23463 pecial\InsetSpace ~
23464 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23477 \begin_layout Subsection
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23484 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23489 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23494 pecial\InsetSpace ~
23495 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23507 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23512 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23514 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
23519 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23520 set a linebreak, e.g.
23521 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23522 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
23527 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
23532 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
23539 \begin_layout Section
23542 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23551 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23552 Rather it uses the external
23556 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23561 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23566 \begin_layout Standard
23568 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23575 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23584 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23585 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23586 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23587 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23588 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23593 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23595 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23596 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23599 \begin_layout Subsection
23601 Spellchecker Options
23602 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
23609 \begin_layout Standard
23611 The following options can be set in the
23616 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23631 \begin_layout Standard
23633 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23634 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23642 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23650 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23652 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23653 specifying a different
23654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23657 alternative language
23658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23664 \begin_layout Standard
23670 , you may need to make a link from say
23678 or whatever applies for your language.
23679 This is because these
23683 files normally have the native language name (
23684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23695 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23696 with the LaTeX babel package (
23697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23709 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23710 If you use a language with
23714 encoding and set the
23726 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23741 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23742 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23746 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23753 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23756 \begin_layout Standard
23758 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23762 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23766 \begin_layout Standard
23768 There are four solutions to this problem.
23769 The easiest is to try the
23776 If that does not help, you can set
23787 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23788 The third is to add the
23792 option to your dictionary
23803 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23804 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23814 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23815 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23816 and ask him to solve your problem.
23819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23821 Personal dictionary
23824 \begin_layout Standard
23826 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23827 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23828 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23829 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23833 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23848 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23851 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23854 \begin_layout Itemize
23861 ccept compound words
23865 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23878 \begin_layout Itemize
23889 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23892 This should not normally be needed.
23895 \begin_layout Subsection
23900 \begin_layout Standard
23902 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23903 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23904 for each occurrence of the word.
23905 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23906 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23909 \begin_layout Standard
23911 Unless you're using the
23915 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23917 This, does, however, work with
23921 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23924 \begin_layout Section
23926 International Support
23929 \begin_layout Standard
23931 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23932 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23933 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23934 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23936 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23937 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23938 default configuration.
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23943 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23944 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23945 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23946 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23948 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
23952 for more information.
23955 \begin_layout Standard
23957 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23958 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23959 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23960 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23962 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
23970 \begin_layout Standard
23972 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23973 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23974 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23975 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23976 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23977 one to support the characters you want.
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23983 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23987 beyond the scope of this manual.
23988 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23989 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23990 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23991 to your native tongue, please see the
23995 manual for details.
23998 \begin_layout Subsection
24001 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
24008 \begin_layout Standard
24015 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24022 dialog lets you set
24024 the language and character encoding for your language.
24028 \begin_layout Standard
24030 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
24047 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24055 The default is U.S.
24057 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
24058 The language name appears in the window.
24062 \begin_layout Standard
24064 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
24065 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24084 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
24089 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
24090 European languages.
24093 \begin_layout Subsection
24095 Keyboard mapping configuration
24096 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24105 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
24106 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
24107 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
24108 which one you want to use.
24111 \begin_layout Subsection
24114 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
24121 \begin_layout Standard
24125 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
24134 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24140 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
24141 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
24143 That ain't the default.
24144 Nowhere near, in fact.
24145 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
24153 \begin_layout Itemize
24155 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
24156 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
24157 just plain missing in the default encodings.
24158 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
24161 \begin_layout Itemize
24163 Even if you've selected
24172 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24179 dialog, users who have only the
24183 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
24187 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
24188 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
24189 french quotes won't show up.
24192 \begin_layout Itemize
24198 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
24199 include the either the package
24207 in their documents.
24211 \begin_layout Standard
24213 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
24214 The automatic quote feature described in Section
24215 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
24219 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
24226 \begin_inset Note Note
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24231 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
24232 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
24234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24242 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
24246 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
24249 \begin_layout Standard
24255 usepackage{textcomp}
24258 \begin_layout Standard
24264 is available on every LaTeX system.
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24275 \begin_inset Float table
24280 \begin_layout Caption
24283 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24297 \begin_inset Tabular
24298 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
24300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
24301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24302 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24303 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
24317 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
24318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24349 \begin_layout Standard
24365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24368 \begin_layout Standard
24384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24387 \begin_layout Standard
24403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24406 \begin_layout Standard
24422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24520 \begin_layout Standard
24536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24596 \begin_layout Standard
24612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24615 \begin_layout Standard
24632 <row topline="true">
24633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24655 \begin_layout Standard
24661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24673 \begin_layout Standard
24679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24682 \begin_layout Standard
24697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24700 \begin_layout Standard
24715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24736 \begin_layout Standard
24751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24790 \begin_layout Standard
24796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24887 <row topline="true">
24888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24910 \begin_layout Standard
24916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24919 \begin_layout Standard
24925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25036 \begin_layout Standard
25042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25054 \begin_layout Standard
25069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25090 \begin_layout Standard
25105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25160 <row topline="true">
25161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25183 \begin_layout Standard
25189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25201 \begin_layout Standard
25212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25346 \begin_inset Note Note
25349 \begin_layout Standard
25361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25364 \begin_layout Standard
25379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25382 \begin_layout Standard
25397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25452 <row topline="true">
25453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25484 \begin_layout Standard
25490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25511 \begin_layout Standard
25526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25547 \begin_layout Standard
25562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25725 <row topline="true">
25726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25729 \begin_layout Standard
25745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25766 \begin_layout Standard
25781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25820 \begin_layout Standard
25835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25838 \begin_layout Standard
25853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25856 \begin_layout Standard
25871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25883 \begin_layout Standard
25889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25907 \begin_inset Note Note
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25979 \begin_layout Standard
25994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25997 \begin_layout Standard
26013 <row topline="true">
26014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26045 \begin_layout Standard
26051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26126 \begin_layout Standard
26141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26195 \begin_inset Note Note
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26301 <row topline="true">
26302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26483 \begin_inset Note Note
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26589 <row topline="true">
26590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26621 \begin_layout Standard
26627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26630 \begin_layout Standard
26645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26702 \begin_layout Standard
26717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26720 \begin_layout Standard
26735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26738 \begin_layout Standard
26744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26747 \begin_layout Standard
26753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26810 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26862 <row topline="true">
26863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26894 \begin_layout Standard
26900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26993 \begin_layout Standard
27008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27047 \begin_layout Standard
27062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27083 \begin_layout Standard
27098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27135 <row topline="true">
27136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27167 \begin_layout Standard
27173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27212 \begin_layout Standard
27227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27408 <row topline="true">
27409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27681 <row topline="true">
27682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27722 \begin_layout Standard
27737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27758 \begin_layout Standard
27773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27848 \begin_layout Standard
27863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27866 \begin_layout Standard
27881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27954 <row topline="true">
27955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27995 \begin_layout Standard
28010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28229 <row topline="true">
28230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28233 \begin_layout Standard
28249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28261 \begin_layout Standard
28267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28324 \begin_layout Standard
28339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28387 \begin_layout Standard
28393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28402 \begin_layout Standard
28411 \begin_inset Note Note
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28447 \begin_layout Standard
28462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28501 \begin_layout Standard
28517 <row topline="true">
28518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28549 \begin_layout Standard
28555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28558 \begin_layout Standard
28573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28630 \begin_layout Standard
28645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28684 \begin_layout Standard
28699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28790 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28813 \begin_layout Standard
28819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28822 \begin_layout Standard
28828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Standard
28864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28867 \begin_layout Standard
28882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28921 \begin_layout Standard
28927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28984 \begin_layout Standard
28999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Standard
29035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29038 \begin_layout Standard
29066 \begin_layout Standard
29068 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
29070 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
29071 also the characters from
29083 \begin_layout Itemize
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29095 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
29100 \begin_layout Standard
29102 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
29107 \begin_layout Standard
29109 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
29114 \begin_layout Standard
29116 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29145 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
29147 For example, S-M-minus, or if
29153 is correct, S-M-macron.
29161 \begin_layout Itemize
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29244 \begin_layout Standard
29246 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
29247 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29283 \begin_layout Standard
29285 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
29286 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
29287 Also make sure you're using the
29291 font-encoding and have the package
29295 with the definition file
29302 \begin_layout Chapter
29307 \begin_layout Standard
29309 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
29310 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29315 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
29316 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
29317 to provide information:
29320 \begin_layout Itemize
29326 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
29327 as the introduction to this manual [or the
29328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29335 as some of us call it].
29338 \begin_layout Itemize
29342 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
29344 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
29348 \begin_layout Itemize
29354 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
29355 nal keyboard maps and customization.
29358 \begin_layout Itemize
29364 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
29367 \begin_layout Itemize
29371 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
29373 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
29379 \begin_layout Itemize
29381 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
29383 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
29387 for help and answers to questions.
29390 \begin_layout Standard
29392 Next, it's time to give credit to the
29393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29396 LyX Documentation Team,
29397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29400 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
29401 it had after LyX version 0.10:
29404 \begin_layout Itemize
29414 \begin_layout Itemize
29416 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
29417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29431 \begin_layout Itemize
29433 General editing assistance.
29436 \begin_layout Itemize
29442 \begin_layout Itemize
29447 \begin_layout Itemize
29452 \begin_layout Itemize
29458 \begin_layout Itemize
29468 \begin_layout Itemize
29470 Primary contributor to
29475 \begin_layout Itemize
29477 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
29482 \begin_layout Itemize
29492 \begin_layout Itemize
29494 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
29495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29509 \begin_layout Itemize
29511 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
29516 \begin_layout Itemize
29524 \begin_layout Itemize
29526 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
29531 \begin_layout Itemize
29541 \begin_layout Itemize
29543 Documentation of internationalization features in
29548 \begin_layout Itemize
29556 \begin_layout Itemize
29562 \begin_layout Itemize
29567 \begin_layout Itemize
29572 \begin_layout Itemize
29577 \begin_layout Itemize
29583 \begin_layout Itemize
29591 \begin_layout Itemize
29593 Primary contributor to
29598 \begin_layout Itemize
29606 \begin_layout Itemize
29612 \begin_layout Itemize
29617 \begin_layout Itemize
29619 using LaTeX from within LyX
29623 \begin_layout Itemize
29633 \begin_layout Itemize
29635 General organization and format of the documents.
29638 \begin_layout Itemize
29644 \begin_layout Itemize
29649 \begin_layout Itemize
29651 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
29654 \begin_layout Itemize
29656 Also responsible for Introduction in
29661 \begin_layout Itemize
29663 Editor of the documents.
29664 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29669 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
29673 \begin_layout Bibliography
29674 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
29680 \begin_layout Standard
29683 href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/plain}{
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29705 \begin_layout Bibliography
29706 \bibitem {latexbook}
29710 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
29713 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
29716 \begin_layout Bibliography
29717 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
29719 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
29721 The LaTeX Companion.
29724 Addison-Wesley, 1994
29727 \begin_layout Bibliography
29728 \bibitem {latexguide}
29735 \begin_layout Bibliography